Government of Karnataka

Department of Technical Education

Board of Technical Examinations, Bangalore

Course Title: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS

Course Code:
Scheme (L:T:P) : 4:0:0 Total Contact Hours: 52
15ME31T
Type of Course: Lectures, Self Core/ Elective:
Credit :04
Study & Quiz Core
CIE- 25 Marks SEE-100 Marks

Prerequisites: Knowledge of basic mathematics and Science.

Course Objectives: It aims at enabling the student to understand & analyze various types of
loads, stresses & strains along with main causes of failure of machine parts.

1. The subject is pre-requisite for understanding principles of Machine design.

2. Understanding mechanical properties of materials will help in selecting the suitable
materials for various engineering applications
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain CO:
CL Linked Teaching Hrs
Course Outcome PO

Understand and distinguish the

behavior of simple load carrying 14
CO1 members subjected to an axial, shear R/U/A 1,2,3,9
and thermal Loading.
Interpret the Variation of moment of
inertia for different Mechanical 10
R/U/A 1,2,4,9
CO2 Engineering Sections such as fly
wheel
Draw and Compare the shear force
and bending moment diagram on R/U/A 1,2,4,9 12
CO3 beams under varying load conditions.

Assess Bending and shear stresses in

CO4 beams subjected to different loadings R/U/A 1,2 07
for different machine parts
Differentiate in strain energy stored in
C05 a body when the load is suddenly U/A 1,2 03
applied and gradually applied
Design simple solid and hallow shaft
for power transmission keeping view
R/A 1,2,6 06
of Environmental and sustainability
C06
aspects

Total sessions 52

Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

COURSE-PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX

Course Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
STRENGTH OF
MATERIALS 3 3 1 3 - 1 - - 3 -

Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.

Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

COURSE CONTENT AND BLUE PRINT OF MARKS FOR SEE

Unit Hour Questions to be Marks weightage
No Unit Name set for weightage (%)
SEE

R U A

1
SIMPLE STRESSES AND 14 05 05 20 30 21
STRAINS

2
MOMENT OF INERTIA 10 05 05 20 30 21

3
SHEAR FORCE AND 12 05 05 20 30 21
BENDING MOMENT

4
THEORY OF SIMPLE 07 05 05 20 30 21
BENDING

5
STRAIN ENERGY AND 03 - 05 05 10 06
IMPACT LOADING

6
TORSION OF CIRCULAR 06 05 -- 10 15 10
SHAFT
Total 52 25 25 90 145 100

Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application

UNITI: SIMPLE STRESSES AND STRAINS 14 Hrs

Simple stresses & strains viz. tensile, compressive, Shear, Crushing, Thermal stresses, &
corresponding strains,Hook’s Law –Problems on Direct Stress & Linear Strain- Stress- Strain
curve for Ductile material and Brittle material with all parameters.- factor of Safety. Elastic
Constants - Lateral Strain ,Poisson’s ratio, Bulk Modulus, Shear Modulus ,Volumetric Strain-
Relation between elastic constants- Problems on elastic constants. Hoop stress-Longitudinal
Stress in thin cylindrical & spherical shells subjected to internal pressure.-Problems on thin
cylindrical shells.

UNITII: MOMENT OF INERTIA 10Hrs

Centre of Gravity, Moment of Inertia & its Importance -Parallel & Perpendicular Axis
Theorem-C.G of Rectangle, Triangle, Circle, Semi-circle, Trapezium, Cone-Problems on
2

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

finding CG of T-Section, I-Section, L-Section, Channel-Section. Moment of Inertia of solid
&Hollow sections like Rectangle, Triangle, Circle- Moment of Inertia about C.G for I
section, T section. L-section and Channel Section.

UNTIII: SHEAR FORCE AND BENDING MOMENT DIAGRAMS 12Hrs

Definition - Shear Force and Bending Moment –Types of beams, types of load acting on
beams ,Sagging & Hogging Bending Moment and its importance –sign convention to draw
SFD and BMD- Concept of Maximum bending moment, Point of Contra flexure & its
importance-Drawing S.F & B.M Diagram for Cantilever, Simply Supported Beams
subjected to Point Load and U.D.L

UNIT IV:THEORY OF SIMPLEBENDING 07Hrs

Introduction, assumptions in theory of simple bending.-Bending stress, relation between

bending stress & radius of curvature (without proof).-Position of neutral axis, moment of
resistance-Bending equation (without proof)-Modulus of section for rectangular, hollow
rectangular and hollow circular sections-Beams of uniform Strength-problems

UNIT V: STRAIN ENERGY AND IMPACT LOADING 03Hrs

Introduction -Strain Energy-Types of loading-Sudden, Gradual & Impact Load-resilience,

proof resilience and modulus of resilience-Equation for strain energy stored in a body when
the load is gradually applied and suddenly applied – problems.

UNIT VI: TORSION OF CIRCULAR SHAFT 06Hrs

Introductionto Torsion , Angle of Twist , Polar Moment of Inertia , Torsion equation-

(without proof)-Assumptions in theory of Torsion -Power Transmitted by a shaft, axle of
solid and hollow sections subjected to Torsion - Comparison between Solid and Hollow
Shafts subjected to pure torsion- Problems. (No problem on composite and non homogeneous
shaft)

® TEXT BOOKS
1. Ramamurtham. S., “Strength of Materials”, 14th Edition, Dhanpat Rai Publications,
2011
2. Khurmi R S, “Applied Mechanics and Strength of Materials”, 5 Edition, S.Chandand
company

REFERENCES
1. Popov E.P, “Engineering Mechanics of Solids”, 2nd Edition, Prentice-Hall of India,
New Delhi, 2002.
2. Nash W.A, “Theory and problems in Strength of Materials”, Schaum Outline Series,
McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, 1995.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

 3. Kazimi S.M.A, “Solid Mechanics”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi,
2003.
4. Ryder G.H, “Strength of Materials”, 3rd Edition, Macmillan India Limited, 2002.
5. Bansal R. K, “Strength of Materials”, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, 2012.
6. Timoshenko S.P, “Elements of Strength of Materials”, Tata McGraw-Hill, Delhi,

LIST OF SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES

1. www.nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/.../IIT.../lecture%2023%20and%2024htm
2. www.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shear_and_moment_diagram
3. www.freestudy.co.uk/mech%20prin%20h2/stress.pdf
4. www.engineerstudent.co.uk/stress_and_strain.html
5. https://www.iit.edu/arc/workshops/pdfs/Moment_Inertia.pdf

SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITYS

Note: The following activities or similar activities for assessing CIE (IA) for 5 marks (Any
one).

1. Each student should do any one of the following type activity or any other similar
activity related to the course and before conduction, get it approved from concerned
Teacher and HOD.
2. Each student should conduct different activity and no repeating should occur

1 Calculate Moment of Inertia of Fly Wheel of engine present in your laboratory

2 Market Survey specific to properties of Various type of Materials used in Mechanical
Engineering and make report
3 Compare the strength of solid shaft with that of hallow shaft for same power
transmission for an automobile and make report

Course Delivery:
∑ The course will be delivered through lectures and Power point presentations/ Video.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

 ∑ MODEL OF RUBRICS /CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY

RUBRICS FOR ACTIVITY( 5 Marks)

Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary Student

Dimension
Score
1 2 3 4 5
Collects very Collect much Collects Collects a Ex:
Does not collect
limited information; some basic great deal of
Collection any information
information; but very information; information; 4
of data relating to the
some relate to limited relate most refer to all refer to
topic
the topic to the topic the topic the topic
Does not perform Performs all
Fulfill Performs very Performs
any duties Performs very duties of
team’s roles little duties but nearly all 5
assigned to the little duties assigned
& duties unreliable. duties
team role team roles

Rarely does Usually does Always does

Normally
Shares Always relies on the assigned the assigned the assigned 3
does the
work others to do the work; often work; rarely work without
assigned
equally work needs needs having to be
work
reminding reminding reminded.

Usually does Talks good;

Is always talking; Listens, but
Listen to most of the but never Listens and 2
never allows sometimes
other Team talking; rarely show interest speaks a fair
anyone else to talk too
mates allows others in listening amount
speak much
to speak others

Average / Total marks=(4+5+3+2)/4=14/4=3.5=4

Note: This is only an example. Appropriate rubrics/criteria may be devised by the concerned faculty
(Course Coordinator) for assessing the given activity.
Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme:
What To When/Where Max Evidence Course outcomes
who (Frequency in Marks collected
m the course)
Direct CIE IA Three IA tests
Assessment (Average of
20 Blue books
three tests will be
Students

1,2,3,4,5,6
computed)
Student activities Report/Log of
05
activity
SEE End End of the course Answer scripts
100 1,2,3,4,5,6
Exam at BTE
Indirect Student Middle of the
Feedback 1 & 2,3 Delivery
Assessment Feedback on course
forms of course
course
Students

End of End of the course 1,2,3,4,5,6

Course Effectiveness of
Survey Delivery of
Questionnaires
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be rounded off to the next higher digit.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

 Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of
semester
1. Blue books( 20 marks)
2. Student suggested activities report for 5 marks and should be assessed on RUBRICS
3. Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions &
Assessment Methods.
FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE)
Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks

Strength of Materials
I/II SEM
Ex: I test/6 th weak of
20
sem 10-11 Am Course code:15ME31T
Year:
Name of Course coordinator : Units:__
CO’s:____

Question
Question MARKS CL CO PO
no
1
2
3
4
Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).

MODEL QUESTION PAPER (CIE)

Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks

Ex: I test/6 th weak of III SEM Strength of Materials

20
sem 10-11 Am
Year: 2015-16 Course code:15ME31T

Name of Course coordinator : Units:1, Co: 1,2,3.9

Note: Answer all questions

Question
Question CL CO PO
no

1 Explain linear and lateral strain 3 MARKS 1 1,2,

3,9
U

2 A bar of 30mm diameter is subjected to an axial pull of 80KN. The A 1 1,2,

measured extension is 0.1 mm on a gauge length of 200mm and the 3,9
change in diameter is 0.004mm. Calculate the poison’s ratio and the
values of young’s Modulus, bulk modulus and Modulus of rigidity.
7 MARKS
3 A mild steel bar of 15mm diameter was subjected to tensile test. The A 1 1,2,
test bar was found to yield at a load of 90KN and it attains maximum
6

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

 load of 180KN and ultimately fails at a load of 67.5 KN. Determine 3,9
the following: tensile stress at the yield point, ultimate stress and
stress at the breaking point, if the diameter of the neck is 7.5mm.

OR

A bar of steel 1m long 50mm wide and 10mm thickness is subjected

to an axial load of 10KN in the direction of its length. Find the
changes in length, width, thickness and volume.10 MARKS

MODEL QUESTION PAPER (SEE)

Diploma in Mechanical Engineering
III Semester
Course title: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS

(Answer any 6 questions from part A and Any 7 from Part B)

PART-A(Each questions carries 5 marks)

1. Define bulk Modulus and Shear Modulus
2. Explain thermal stress and Shear Modulus
3. State Parallel and perpendicular axis theorem
4. Locate CG for Triangle Rectangle, Circle, Semi-circle, Trapezium, Cone with the
help of plain figure
5. Define Shear force and Bending Moment in beams
6. Explain Point of Contra flexure in a beam
7. List the aassumptions in theory of simple bending
8. Explain Beams of Uniform Strength
9. Explain Strain energy and Resilience

PART-B(Each questions carries 10 marks)

1. A steel rod 30mm x 12.5mm and 500mm long is subjected to a axial pull of 75KN.
Determine the changes in length, width and thickness and volume of bar. If young’s
modulus is 200KN/mm2.
2. A bar of 30mm diameter is subjected to an axial pull of 80KN. The measured
extension is 0.1 mm on a gauge length of 200mm and the change in diameter is
0.004mm. calculate the poisson’s ratio and the values of young’s Modulus, bulk
modulus and Modulus of rigidity.
3. An I section consists of top flange 100 X 30 mm, bottom flange 200 X 40 mm and
web 180 X 20 mm. Find the M.I. about an axis passing through C.G. parallel to the
base.
7

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

 4. Calculate M.I. of an angle section 100 X 80 X 10 mm about an axis passing through
the centroid and parallel to shorter leg.
5. A cantilever of length 3 m carries a uniformly distributed load of 1.5 KN/m for entire
length and a point load of 2 KN at a distance of 1 m from the free end. Draw the
shear force and the bending moment diagrams for the beam.
6. A simply supported beam of length 5 m carries point loads of 2 KN and 4 KN and 5
KN at a distance of 1 m, 3 m and 4 m from left support. Draw S.F. and B.M. diagrams
for the beam.
7. A steel plate is bent into a circular arc of radius 10m.The plate is 100mm wide and
15mm thick, assuming the value of E=2X105 N/mm2.Find the maximum stress
induced in the plate and value of bending moment which produced this stress.
8. A simply supported wooden beam of span 1.3 m is carrying a central point load of 40
KN. If the allowable bending stress in the timber is taken as 8 N/mm2, find the
breadth and depth of the timber. Take b=0.6d.
9. (a).List the assumptions made in theory of Torsion -5M

b)An axial pull of 25KN is suddenly applied on a steel rod of 3 m long and 900mm2 in
cross-sectional area. Calculate the strain energy stored in the rod. Take young’s modulus
is 2x105 N/mm2. –5M

10. A solid circular shaft is required to transmit 80KW at 160 rpm. The permissible shear
stress in the shaft is 60 N/mm2.The maximum Torque transmitted exceeds the mean
torque by 20% more than mean torque. The angle of twist is not to exceed 10 in a
length of 20 times the diameter of the shaft. The valve of rigidity modulus is 0.
8x105 N/mm2.

MODEL QUESTION BANK

Diploma in Mechanical Engineering
III Semester
Course title: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS

CO I:Understand and distinguish the behavior of simple load carrying members

subjected to an axial, shear and thermal Loading.

LEVEL: REMEMBER QUESTIONS

1. Define Poisson’s ratio and Modulus of Rigidity

2. Define bulk Modulus and Shear Modulus
3. Describe maximum stress and factor of safety

LEVEL: UNDERSTANDING QUESTIONS

4. Explain linear and lateral strain

5. Explain thermal stress and volumetric strain
6. Explain Hoop’s stress and longitudinal stress in thin cylindrical shells
7. Explain thermal stress and Shear Modulus

LEVEL: APPLICATION QUESTIONS

8. Relate between elastic constants

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

 9.Draw stress strain diagram for Ductile materials with all parameters

10.Draw stress strain diagram for Brittle materials with all parameters

11..A load of 5KN is to be raised with the help of a steel wire. Find the diameter of the
steel wire, if the stress is not to exceed 100MPa.

12.A tensile test is performed on a brass specimen 10mm in diameter using a gauge
length of 50mm. When applying axial tensile load of 25KN, it was observed that the
distance between the gauge marks increase by 0.152mm, calculate modulus of elasticity
of brass.

13.A punch with a diameter 20mm is used to punch a hole in an aluminium plate of
thickness 4mm .If the ultimate shear stress for the aluminium is 275MPa, what force P is
required to punch through the plate.

14.The following data pertains to a tension test conducted in laboratory:

i. Diameter of the specimen = 15mm

ii. Length of the specimen = 200mm
iii. Extension under a load of 10 KN=0.035mm
iv. Load at yield point = 110KN
v. Maximum load = 190 KN
vi. Length of the specimen after failure = 255mm
vii. Neck diameter = 12.25mm
Determine: i) Young’s modulus, ii) Yield stress iii) Ultimate stress, iv) Percentage
elongation, v) percentage reduction in area, vi) safe stress adopting factor of safety of
1.5.

15.A rod of diameter 15mm and 50mm long is subjected to tensile load of 25KN. The
modulus of elasticity for steel rod may be taken as 200 KN/mm2. Find stress, strain and
elongation of the bar due to applied load.

16.A rod of cross sectional area 15mm x 15mm and 1m long is subjected to a
compressive load of 22.5KN. calculate the stress and decrease in length if young’s
modulus is 200GN/m2.

17.A load of 4KN is to be raised with the help of a steel wire. The permissible tensile
stress should not exceed 70N/mm2. What is the minimum diameter of wire required?
What will be extension for 3.5m length of wire? Assume young’s modulus is 196.2
2
GN/m .

18.A mild steel bar of 15mm diameter was subjected to tensile test. The test bar was
found to yield at a load of 90KN and it attains maximum load of 180KN and ultimately
fails at a load of 67.5 KN. Determine the following: tensile stress at the yield point,
ultimate stress and stress at the breaking point, if the diameter of the neck is 7.5mm.

19.The following data pertains to a tension test conducted in laboratory:

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

 i. Diameter of the specimen = 20mm
ii. Gauge Length of the specimen = 100mm
iii. Final length=130mm
iv. Final diameter =11.5mm
v. Yield Load = 92KN
vi. Ultimate load = 165 KN
Determine: i) Yield stress ii) Ultimate tensile stress, iii) Percentage elongation,
iv) percentage reduction in area.

20.A hallow steel column has to carry an axial load of 3MN. If the external diameter of
the column is 300mm, find the internal diameter. The ultimate stress for steel is to be
480N/mm2. Take factor of safety as 4.

21.A short column has an internal diameter of 200mm. What should be the minimum
external diameter so that it may carry a load 1600KN with factor of safety 7.5. Take
ultimate stress of steel as 472N/mm2.

22.A steel rod 30mm x 12.5mm and 500mm long is subjected to a axial pull of 75KN.
Determine the changes in length, width and thickness and volume of bar. If young’s
modulus is 200KN/mm2.

23.A steel bar 2.4 long and 30mm square is elongated by a load 400KN. If poisons ratio is
0.25 find the increase in volume. Assume E=200KN/mm2.

24.The young’s modulus for a given material is 100KN/mm2and its modulus of rigidity is
40KN/mm2. Determine its bulk modulus and also its lateral contraction if the diameter is
50mm and length 2m and extension 2mm.

25.A bar of steel 1m long 50mm wide and 10mm thickness is subjected to an axial load of
10KN in the direction of its length. Find the changes in length, width, thickness and
volume.

26.A bar of 30mm diameter is subjected to an axial pull of 80KN. The measured
extension is 0.1 mm on a gauge length of 200mm and the change in diameter is 0.004mm.
calculate the poisson’s ratio and the values of young’s Modulus, bulk modulus and
Modulus of rigidity.

CO 2: Interpret the Variation of moment of inertia for different Mechanical Engineering

Sections such as fly wheel

LEVEL: REMEMBER

1. Define centre of Gravity and Moment of Inertia

2. State Parallel and perpendicular axis theorem

LEVEL: UNDERSTANDING

3. Locate CG for Triangle Rectangle, Circle, Semi-circle, Trapezium, Cone with the
help of plain figure

10

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

LEVEL: APPLICATION

4. Determine the centroid of the T-section of a flange 100 X 10 mm. Also find the
M.I. of the section about XX axis through centroid.
5. Find the centre of gravity of the I-section having top flange of 100 X 20 mm, web
120 X 20 mm and bottom flange 150 X 20 mm. Also find M.I. of the section
about XX axis passing through C.G. of the section.
6. Find the C.G. of L-section of dimensions 100 X 80 X 20 mm. Also find the M.I.
of the section through C.G. and parallel to shorter leg.
7. Find the moment of Inertia about the centroidal axis XX and YY of the T-section
160 mm wide and 160 mm deep. The flange and web thickness 50 mm each.
8. Find the M.I. about the centroidal XX axis parallel to the flange for the T-beam.
Size of the flange120 X 20 mm, size of web 120 X 20 mm.
9. An I section consists of top flange 100 X 30 mm, bottom flange 200 X 40 mm and
web 180 X 20 mm. Find the M.I. about an axis passing through C.G. parallel and
perpendicular to the base.
10. Calculate M.I. of an angle section 100 X 80 X 10 mm about an axis passing
through the centroid and parallel to shorter leg.
11. Calculate the C.G. and moment of inertia for a Channel section of size 100 X 100
X 20 mm about XX and YY axis.

C0 03:Draw and Compare the shear force and bending moment diagram on beams under
varying load conditions.
LEVEL: REMEMBER
1. Define Shear force and Bending Moment in beams
2. Name the types of loads acting on beams with illustration

LEVEL: UNDERSTANDING

3. Explain Sagging and Hogging bending Moment

4. Explain Point of Contra flexure in a beam

LEVEL: APPLICATION

5. A cantilever beam of length 3m subjected to a point load of 5 KN, 8KN and 12

KN at a distance of 1m, 1.5m and 2.5m from the free end. Draw SFD and BMD.
6. A cantilever beam of length 4m subjected to a point load of 3 KN, 5KN and 8 KN
and 10 KN at a distance of 1m, 1.5m and 3m and 3.5 m from the free end. Draw
SFD and BMD.
7. A cantilever beam of length 3 m subjected to two point loads of 10 KN acting at
the free end and 15KN at the middle of the beam. Draw SFD and BMD.
8. A cantilever beam 1.5 m long carries point loads of 1 KN, 2KN and 3 KN at 0.5
m, 1.0 m and 1.5 m from the fixed end respectively. Draw the SFD and BMD for
the beam.
9. A cantilever beam of 1.4 m length carries a uniformly distributed load of 1.5
KN/m over its entire length. Draw S.F and B.M diagrams for the cantilever.
11

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

 10. A cantilever AB 1.8 m long carries a point load of 2.5 KN at its free end and a
uniformly distributed load of 1 KN/m from A to B. Draw the shear force and the
bending moment diagrams for the beam.
11. A cantilever beam of 2 m length carries a uniformly distributed load of 1.5 KN/m
over its entire length and also a point load of 3 KN at a distance of 0.5 m from the
free end. Draw S.F and B.M diagrams for the cantilever.
12. A cantilever of length 2.5 m carries a uniformly distributed load of 2 KN/m for a
length of 2 m from the free end and a point load of 2 KN at the free end. Draw the
shear force and the bending moment diagrams for the beam.
13. A cantilever of length 3 m carries a uniformly distributed load of 1.5 KN/m for
entire length and a point load of 2 KN at a distance of 1 m from the free end.
Draw the shear force and the bending moment diagrams for the beam.
14. A cantilever 5 m long carries point loads of 30 KN and 10 KN at a distance of 1
m from the fixed end. In addition to this the beam carries a UDL of 10 KN/m
between point loads. Draw shear force and bending moment diagrams for the
cantilever.
15. A simply supported beam of length 6 m carries point loads of 2.5 KN and 4 KN
at a distance of 2 m and 4 m from left support. Draw S.F. and B.M. diagrams for
the beam.
16. A simply supported beam of length 5 m carries point loads of 2 KN and 4 KN and
5 KN at a distance of 1 m, 3 m and 4 m from left support. Draw S.F. and B.M.
diagrams for the beam.
17. A simply supported beam of length 8m carries a UDL of 10KN/m for a
distance of 6m from left support. Draw S.F and B.M diagram for the above beam.
Also calculate the maximum B.M. on section.
18. A simply supported beam of length 8m carries two point loads of 30KN and
40KN respectively at a distance of 1.5m and 6.5m from the left support. Also it
carries a UDL of 10KN/m between the point loads, draw shear force and bending
moment diagram.
19. A simply supported beam of 6m span is carrying a UDL of 20KN/m over a length
of 3m from right support. Draw S.F d and BMD. Also calculate maximum B.M.
20. Draw S.F and B.M diagram for a simply supported beam 6m long carrying UDL
of 2KN/m over the entire length and point loads of 5 KN,4 KN and 3 KN at
3m,4m and 5m from left support respectively.
21. A simply supported beam of span 6m carries two point loads of 5 KN and 10 KN
at 1m and 2m respectively from left support and also carries an UDL of 10KN/m
over a length of 3m from the right support. Draw SFD and BMD.

CO 04:Assess Bending and shear stresses in beams subjected to different loadings for
different machine parts

LEVEL: REMEMBER

1. List the aassumptions in theory of simple bending

2. Describe the relation between Bending Stress and Radius of Curvature
3. Describe the moment of resistance and radius of Curvature in a beam
12

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

 LEVEL: UNDERSTANDING

4. Explain Beams of Uniform Strength

5. Explain modulus of Section for Rectangular and Circular sections

LEVEL: APPLICATION

1. Write Bending equations with all notation

2. A steel wire of 10mm diameter is bent into circular shape of 5m radius, determine
the maximum stress induced in the wire. Take E=2X105 N/mm2.
3. A steel plate is bent into a circular arc of radius 10m.The plate is 100mm wide and
15mm thick, assuming the value of E=2X105 N/mm2.Find the maximum stress
induced in the plate and value of bending moment which produced this stress.
4. The moment of inertia of a beam section 500mm deep is 700X106 mm4.Find the
longest span over which a beam of this section when simply supported could carry
a UDL of 40 KN/m. The maximum flange stress in the material is not to exceed
110 N/mm2.
5. A cast iron pipe of external diameter 65mm and internal diameter of 45mm and of
length 5m is supported at its ends. Calculate the maximum bending stress induced
in the pipe if it carries a point load of 100N at its centre.
6. A rectangular beam 300mm deep is simply supported over a span of 4m. What
UDL/m the beam can carry if bending stress is not to exceed 120 N/mm2.
Take I=80X106mm4.
7. A timber joist 150 X 250 mm is simply supported over a span of 3m. If it carries a
total UDL of 10 KN/m inclusive of its weight, find the maximum stress induced in
the joist.
8. A rectangular beam 300 mm deep is simply supported over a span of 4 m. What
UDL the beam may carry if the bending stress is not to exceed 120 MPa. Take
I=225 X 106 mm4.
9. A simply supported wooden beam of span 1.3 m is carrying a central point load of
40 KN. If the allowable bending stress in the timber is taken as 8 N/mm2, find the
breadth and depth of the timber. Take b=0.6d.
10. A circular pipe of external diameter 70 mm and thickness 10 mm is used as a
simply supported beam over an effective span of 2.5 m. Find the maximum point
load that can be applied at the centre of span if permissible stress in the tube is
150 N/mm2.
11. .A steel plate is bent into an arc of a circle of radius 10 m. If the breadth of the
plate is 150 mm and thickness 25 mm and E=2X105 N/mm2, calculate the
maximum stress induced in the plate and the bending moment which can produce
this stress.
12.
A timber is freely supported and has a span of 6 m. If the UDL of 10 KN/m and a
point load of 5 KN at a point 3.5 m from left support is loaded. Determine the
dimensions of the beam. Assume depth of beam as twice as its breadth. Take f=10
N/mm2
13. A beam is simply supported and carries UDL of 30 KN/m over the entire span.
The section of the beam is rectangular having depth of 400mm. If maximum stress
in the material is 120 N/mm2 and M.I. of the section is 7 X 108, find the span of
the beam.
14.

13

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

CO 05:Differentiate in strain energy stored in a body when the load is suddenly applied and
gradually applied
LEVEL: UNDERSTANDING
1. Explain Strain energy and Resilience
2. Explain proof resilience and modulus of resilience
3. Explain Suddenly applied and gradually applied load
4. Explain Suddenly applied and Impact load

LEVEL: APPLICATION

5. Calculate the strain energy stored in a bar 2.5 m long ,50mm wide and 40mm
thick when it is subjected to a tensile load of 50KN.Take young’s modulus is
2x105 N/mm2
6. An axial pull of 25KN is suddenly applied on a steel rod of 3 m long and 900mm2
in cross-sectional area. Calculate the strain energy stored in the rod. Take young’s
modulus is 2x105 N/mm2.
CO 06: Design simple solid and hallow shaft for power transmission keeping view of
Environmental and sustainability aspects.

LEVEL: REMEMBER
1. List the assumptions made in theory of Torsion

LEVEL: APPLICATION

2. Write the torsion equation with all notations

3. Compare the Strength of Hollow and Solid shaft
4. A solid circular shaft is required to transmit 100KW at 200 rpm. The permissible
shear stress in the shaft is 70 N/mm2.Find the diameter of the shaft.
5. A solid circular shaft is required to transmit 90KW at 180 rpm. The permissible
shear stress in the shaft is 75 N/mm2.The maximum Torque transmitted exceeds
the mean torque by 20% more than mean torque. Find the suitable diameter of the
shaft.
6. .A solid circular shaft is required to transmit 120KW at 180 rpm. The permissible
shear stress in the shaft is 70 N/mm2.The maximum Torque transmitted exceeds
the mean torque by 30% more than mean torque. Find the suitable diameter of the
shaft. Also find the angle of twist in a length of 2 meter. The valve of rigidity
modulus is 0. 9x105 N/mm2.
7. A solid circular shaft is required to transmit 100KW at 180 rpm. The permissible
shear stress in the shaft is 60 N/mm2. Find the suitable diameter of the shaft. The
angle of twist is not to exceed 10 in a length of 3 meter. The valve of rigidity
modulus is 0. 8x105 N/mm2.
8. A solid shaft of diameter is 110 mm required to transmit 180KW at 120 rpm. The
angle of twist is not to exceed 1.50 .Find the length of shaft. The valve of
5 2
rigidity modulus is 0. 8x10 N/mm .
9. A solid circular shaft is required to transmit 40KW at 120 rpm. The permissible
shear stress in the shaft is 40 N/mm2.The maximum Torque transmitted exceeds
14

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

 the mean torque by 25% more than mean torque. Find the suitable diameter of the
shaft.
10. A solid circular shaft is required to transmit 80KW at 160 rpm. The permissible
shear stress in the shaft is 60 N/mm2.The maximum Torque transmitted exceeds
the mean torque by 20% more than mean torque. The angle of twist is not to
exceed 10 in a length of 20 times the diameter of the shaft. The valve of
5 2
rigidity modulus is 0. 8x10 N/mm .Find the diameter of the shaft.
11. 8. A solid circular shaft is required to transmit 75KW at 200 rpm. The permissible
shear stress in the shaft is 50 N/mm2.The maximum Torque transmitted exceeds
the mean torque by 20% more than mean torque. The angle of twist is not to
exceed 1.20 in a length of 30 times the diameter of the shaft. The valve of
rigidity modulus is 84x103N/mm2.Find the diameter of the shaft.
12. A solid circular shaft is required to transmit 1MW at 240 rpm. The permissible
shear stress in the shaft is 60 N/mm2.The maximum Torque transmitted exceeds
the mean torque by 25% more than mean torque. The angle of twist is not to
exceed 10 in a length of 2.5 meter. The valve of rigidity modulus is
2
80KN/mm .Find the diameter of the shaft.
13. A Hollow shaft is required to transmit 300KW at 90 rpm. The permissible shear
stress in the shaft is 60 N/mm2.The maximum Torque transmitted exceeds the
mean torque by 25% more than mean torque. The internal diameter is half of the
external diameter, Find the internal diameter and external, diameters of the shaft.
14. A Hollow shaft is required to transmit 500KW at 100 rpm. The permissible shear
stress in the shaft is 60 N/mm2.The maximum Torque transmitted exceeds the
mean torque by 15% more than mean torque. The internal to external diameter
ratio is 3/5. The angle of twist is not to exceed 10 in a length of 3.5 meter The
valve of rigidity modulus is 80KN/mm2.Find the minimum external diameter
of the shaft.
15. A solid circular shaft is required to transmit 40KW at 400 rpm. The Ultimate
shear stress in the shaft is 360 N/mm2 with a factor of safety as 8.The maximum
Torque transmitted exceeds the mean torque by 15% more than mean torque. Find
the diameter of the shaft.
16. If a Hollow shaft is to be used in place of solid shaft, Find the internal diameter
and external, diameters of the shaft with the internal to external diameter ratio is
1/2.The material is same

15

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

 Course Title : Heat Power Engineering Course Code: 15AT31T
Credits (L:T:P) : 4:0:0 Core/ Elective: Core
Type of course: : Lectures Total Contact Hours: 52

25 Marks 100 Marks

Prerequisites:

Basic knowledge of Science, Maths & Automobile Engg-1.

Course Objectives:

The course should enable the students to:

1. Analyse different thermodynamic process and cycles.

2. Explain the testing process of fuel and estimate the calorific value of given fuel.
3. Analyse the combustion process of fuel and estimate air required for complete
combustion.
4. Differentiate the combustion process in SI and CI engines.

On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain CO:

CL Linked Teaching Hrs

Course Outcome PO
Understand the fundamentals of
thermodynamics and laws of
R/U/A 1,2,3,6 09
thermodynamics to solve related
CO1
problems.
Understand different laws and equations
related to perfect gas to find solutions to R/U/A 1,2,3 08
CO2
related problems.
Understand different thermodynamic
process with related equations and graphs R/U/A 1,2,3 10
CO3
to find solutions for related problems
Explain different thermodynamic cycles
CO4 U/A 1,2,3 10
and solve related problems
Compare different types of fuels,
Understanding the need, types, structure,
U/A 1,2,3,6 08
combustion process and production of
C05 fuels.
Understand and compare combustion
CO6 U/A 1,2,3,6 07
process in SI and CI engines.
Total sessions 52

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT31T Page 1

COURSE-PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX

Course Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Heat power
3 3 3 3
Engineering
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

COURSE CONTENT AND BLUE PRINT OF MARKS FOR SEE

Unit Hour Questions to be set Marks weightage
No Unit Name (%)

R U A
Fundamentals And Laws Of 05 10 10 17.3
I 9
Thermodynamics
II Laws Of Perfect Gases. 8 05 05 10 13.8
Thermodynamic Processes 05 05 20 20.6
III 10
On Gases.
IV Air Standard Cycles. 10 05 05 20 20.6
V Fuels And Combustion. 8 05 05 10 13.8
Combustion In SI And CI 05 10 05 13.8
VI 7
Engines.
Total 52 145 100

Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application

Course Delivery: The course will be delivered through lectures, presentations and classroom
discussions.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT31T Page 2

Course Content:

UNIT I

Fundamentals and Laws of Thermodynamics 9hrs

Introduction to thermodynamics- system- boundary - surrounding, Types of thermodynamic
systems – closed, open and isolated systems with examples, Properties of system- Intensive
and Extensive properties with examples, thermodynamic state-process-cycle, point and path
functions, thermodynamic equilibrium – mechanical – chemical - thermal, quasi static
process, basic thermodynamic properties- pressure - Volume - Temperature –Energy-
potential energy-kinetic energy-internal energy -heat- Specific heat at constant pressure-
specific heat at constant volume-work- Enthalpy -Entropy and their units, standard
atmospheric conditions-NTP-STP.
Laws of thermodynamics: -Zeroth- first-second, simple problems on conversion of
Heat into Work and vice versa.

UNIT II

Laws of perfect gases 8hrs

Definition of perfect gas, Gas Laws – Boyle’s law - Charles’s Law – Gay-Lussac law -
Avogadro’s law-Joule’s law, characteristic gas equation- universal gas equation, universal
gas constant and their relationship with molecular weight of gas, Derivation for an expression
showing the relationship between the two specific heats- characteristic gas constant R-
Adiabatic index ϒ, Simple problems.

UNIT III

Thermodynamic processes on gases 10hrs

Introduction to thermodynamic processes, derive expressions for PVT relations-work done-

heat transfer-change in internal energy-change in enthalpy and entropy for Constant volume,
Constant pressure, Isothermal, Isentropic processes, Simple problems on the above processes.

UNIT IV

Air standard cycles 10hrs

Air standard cycles- definitions and types, assumptions made in air standard cycles
Description - P.V. and T-S diagrams of Carnot cycle, Otto cycle, diesel cycle, dual
combustion cycle
Derivation of air standard efficiency of Carnot cycle, Otto cycle, diesel cycle, dual
combustion cycle, Simple problems.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT31T Page 3

 UNIT V

Fuels and Combustion 8hrs

Fuels-types of fuel-solid fuel-liquid fuel-gaseous fuel with merits and demerits, refining
process of crude oil-products of refining process, structure of petroleum, definition of heat
values – higher heat value and lower heat value, calorimeter-types-bomb calorimeter-Junkers
calorimeter, SI engine fuel-requirements-rating - octane number, CI engine fuel-requirements
- rating - cetane number, fuel additives, simple problems to find HCV and LCV on Bomb
and Junkers calorimeter.

Combustion-Definition-main combustible elements-atomic mass-molecular mass,

combustion equations by mass –by volume, equation for minimum oxygen/air required for
complete combustion, conversion of gravimetric (mass) analysis into volumetric analysis,
excess air supplied, Flue gas analysis using Orsat apparatus, Simple problems to find
minimum air quantity-mass analysis-volumetric conversion-excess air.

UNIT VI

Combustion in SI and CI engines. 7hrs

SI engine: Stages of combustion with pressure crank angle diagram, ignition lag-variables
affecting ignition lag, detonation- definition – process- effects – controlling method, surface
ignition- wild ping –rumble- run on-run away, pre-ignition.
CI engine: Stages of combustion with pressure crank angle diagram, ignition delay -variables
affecting delay period, knocking- definition – process- effects – controlling method.

Resources:

Reference books:

Title of the book Author Publisher

SlNO

1 Thermal Engineering R.S.Khurmi S Chand & Co

R K Hegde and
2 Thermal Engineering Sapna Publications
Niranjan.Murthy

3 Basic and applied thermodynamics P.K.Nag Tata MCgraw-Hill

4 I C Engines Mathur &Sharma Danapat Rai & sons

5 I C Engines V. Ganeshan Tata MCgraw-Hill

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT31T Page 4

Websites:

∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9GMBpZZtjXM
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9GMBpZZtjXM&list=PLD8E646BAB3366BC8
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xQwi9fveGTQ&index=2&list=PLD8E646BAB3366BC8
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sUDfpFD0xX4&index=4&list=PLD8E646BAB3366BC8
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-42JmVBdlM4
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lbPEaaKiCww
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gg-dlrbXxzI
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xto88gMmDzw
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7ZpuMBkf1Ss
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0Oq7bCSDPxE
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pucd2b7jZJw
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K8RzTmeVWfM
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fyadfj7NQqI
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YNGtJo-VspE
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NG41IbDtd44
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HeofLEQ6wuA
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-FpRVaZhTlE
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W94iksaQwUo
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZWKRw0HmBLE

Student Activities to be performed to award five marks in continuous internal

evaluation:
1. Prepare a report on applications of Laws of Thermodynamics.
2. Prepare a report on different issues related to fuels like additives, price hikes,
pollution norms, health and environmental effects.
3. Collect special features of combustion chambers used in engines of different vehicles
to reduce pollution, noise, vibration and harshness levels.

Note:

1. Student should prepare a report on any one of the above/similar activity, which
helps in achieving above course outcomes.
2. The report prepared should be approved by the concerned staff and HOD.
3. The activity group should consist of maximum of three students.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT31T Page 5

MODEL OF RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY:

Note: The Dimensions given in below table are only representative. The lecturer has to design/decide suitable dimensions based on the activity given.

Dimension Scale Students Score

Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary 5marks 1 2 3 4 5

1marks 2marks 3marks 4 marks

1. Research and gather Does not collect Collects very Collects basic Collects more Collects a great deals of 2
information information relate limited information, information, information, all refer to the
to topic information, most refer to the most refer to the topic
some relate to topic topic
topic

2.Full fills teams roles Does not perform Performs very Performs nearly Performs almost Performs all duties of 3
and duties any duties little duties all duties all duties assigned team roles
assigned to the
team role

3.Shares work equally Always relies on Rarely does the Usually does the Always does the Always does the assigned 4
others to do the assigned work, assigned work, assigned work, work, without needing
work often needs rarely needs rarely needs reminding
reminding reminding reminding.

4. listen to other team Is always talking, Usually does Listens, but Listens and talks Listens and talks a fare 5
mates never allows most of the sometimes talk a little more than amount
anyone to else to talking, rarely too much, needed.
speak allows others to
speak

Grand Average/Total=(2+3+4+5)/4=14/4=3.5=4 4

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT32T Page 6

 Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme:

When/Where
To Max Evidence Course
Method What (Frequency
whom Marks collected outcomes
in the course)
CIE Three IA
(Continuous IA Tests; (Average 20 Blue books 1,2,3,4,5,6
Assessment

Internal of three Tests)

Students
Direct

Evaluation) Activity 05 Activity report 1,2,3,4,5,6

SEE
( Semester End End of the Answer scripts
100 1,2,3,4,5,6
End Exam course at BTE
Examination)
Student Feedback Middle of the Feedback 1,2 &3Delivery
on course course forms of course
Indirect Assessment

1,2,3,4,5,6
Students
Effectiveness
End of Course End of the of Delivery of
Questionnaires
Survey course instructions &
Assessment
Methods

*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination

Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be rounded off
to the next higher digit.

FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE)

Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks

Ex: I test/6 th weak of I/II SEM

20
sem 10-11 Am
Year:
Name of Course coordinator : Units:__
CO’s:____

Question
Question MARKS CL CO PO
no
1
2
3
4
Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT31T Page 7

 MODEL QUESTION PAPER (CIE)
Note to Course co-coordinator: The course coordinator has to fallow the question paper blue print
given in above table

Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks

Ex: I test/6 th week of III semester Heat power Engineering
20
sem 10-11 Am Course code:15AT31T
Year: 2015-16
Name of Course coordinator : Units:1,2 Co: 1,2
Note: Answer all questions
Question
Question CL CO PO
no
1 Define the following terms. 5marks R 1 1,2,10
a. System b. State c. Process d. cycle e. Property
2 Explain Zeroth law of thermo dynamics 5marks U 1 3,10
or
Explain first law of thermodynamics for cyclic process. 5marks
3 A vessel of capacity 3 m3 contains air at a pressure of 1.5 bar and a A 2 1,2,10
temperature of 250 C. Additional air is now pumped into the
system until the pressure rises to 30 bar and temperature rises to
600 C. Determine the mass of air pumped in and express the
quantity as a volume at a pressure of 1.02 bar and a temperature of
200 C. 10marks
or
The values of specific heats at constant volume and constant
pressure of an ideal gas are 0.73 KJ/Kg K and 0.98 KJ/Kg K
respectively. Find the value of characteristic gas constant. If one
Kg of this gas heated at constant pressure from 250 C to 2000 C,
estimate heat added, work done and change in internal energy.
10marks

Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application

MODEL QUESTION BANK

CO1: Understand the fundamentals of thermodynamics and laws of thermodynamics

to solve related problems.

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Define a thermodynamic system and mention its different types. (R)
2. Distinguish between an open and closed system. (A)
3. What do you mean by property of a system? Distinguish extensive and intensive
properties of a system. (R/A)
4. Define the following terms. (R)
a. System b. State c. Process d. cycle e. Property
5. Distinguish between mechanical and thermal equilibrium. (A)

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT31T Page 8

 6. Distinguish between work and heat. (A)
7. Define the following properties. (R)
a. Pressure b. Volume c. Temperature d. Density e. Specific volume
8. Define Temperature. Name the different temperature scales in common use. (R)
9. Establish relation between Celsius and Fahrenheit scales. (A)
10. What is absolute temperature? (R)
11. Differentiate between gauge and absolute pressure. (A)
12. What do you understand by STP and NTP? What are their values? (R)
13. With reference to heat explain the following. (U)
a. Direction of heat b. Sign convention
14. Define point function and path function. (R)
15. Prove that heat is a path function. (A)
16. Define energy. What is stored energy and transit energy?(R)
17. Discus the different types of stored energy. (A)
18. Explain Zeroth law of thermodynamics. (U)
19. Explain the first law of thermodynamics for a cyclic process. (U)
20. Write Kelvin Planck and Clausius statements of second law of thermodynamics. R/U)
21. The pressure of a steam inside a boiler, as measured by pressure gauge is 1 N/mm2.
The barometric pressure of the atmosphere is 765 mm of mercury. Find the absolute
pressure of steam in N/m2, Kpa, bar and N/mm2. (A)
22. In a condenser of a steam power plant the vacuum is recorded as 700 mm of mercury.
If the barometer reading is 760 mm of mercury, find the absolute pressure in the
condenser in N/m2, Kpa, bar and N/mm2. (A)

TEN MARKS QUESTIONS

---------------NILL-------------

CO2: Understand different laws and equations related to perfect gas to find solutions to
related problems.

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS

1. What is a perfect gas? Under what conditions does a real gas behave as a perfect
gas?(R/A)
2. Name the variables that control the physical properties of a perfect gas. (R)
3. State Boyle’s law and Charles’s law. (R)
4. State Gay-Lussac’s law, Joule’s law and Avogadro’s law. (R)
5. Derive an expression for General gas equation. (U)
6. Derive an expression for Characteristic equation of a perfect gas. (U)
7. What is difference between universal gas constant and characteristic gas constant? (A)
8. Define specific heat at constant volume and at constant pressure. (R)
9. What is an adiabatic index? Why its value is greater than unity? (R?A)
Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT31T Page 9
 10. A gas occupies a volume of 0.1m3 at a temperature of 200C and a pressure of 1.5 bars.
Find the final temperature of the gas, if it is compressed to a pressure of 7.5 bar and
occupies a volume of 0.04m3. (A)
11. A gas at temperature of 333 C and 20 bars has a volume of 0.06 m3. It is expanded to
0

volume of 0.54 m3. Determine the final pressure of the gas, if the final temperature of
the gas after expansion is 300 C. (A)

TEN MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Prove that the difference between two specific heats (Cp and Cv) is equal to
characteristic gas constant”R”. (A)
2. A vessel of capacity 3 m contains air at a pressure of 1.5 bar and a temperature of 250
3

C. Additional air is now pumped into the system until the pressure rises to 30 bar and
temperature rises to 600 C. Determine the mass of air pumped in and express the
quantity as a volume at a pressure of 1.02 bar and a temperature of 200 C. (A)
3 0 0
3. A mass of 2.25 kg of nitrogen occupying 1.5 m is heated from 25 C to 200 C at a
constant volume. Calculate the initial and final pressures of the gas. Take universal
gas constant as 8314 J/Kg mol K. The molecular mass of nitrogen is 28. (A)
4. A closed vessel contains 2 Kg of carbon dioxide at temperature 200 C and pressure
0.7 bar. Heat is supplied to the vessel till the gas occupies a pressure of 1.4 bar.
Calculate final temperature, work done on or by the gas, heat added and change in
internal energy. Take specific heat at constant volume as 0.657 KJ/Kg K. (A)

5. The values of specific heats at constant volume and constant pressure of an

ideal gas are 0.73 KJ/Kg K and 0.98 KJ/Kg K respectively. Find the value of
characteristic gas constant. If one Kg of this gas heated at constant pressure
from 250 C to 2000 C, estimate heat added, work done and change in internal
energy. (A)

CO3:Understand different thermodynamic process with related equations and graphs

to find solutions for related problems

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS

1. What do you understand by a thermodynamic process? Distinguish between reversible
and irreversible process. (R/A)
2. Derive an expression for the work done during an isothermal process. (U)
3. Derive an expression for the work done during and the adiabatic expansion of an ideal
gas. (U)
4. Derive an expression for the work done during isobaric process. (U)
5. Derive an expression for the change in internal energy during isochoric process. (U)
6. Derive an expression for the heat supplied or heat rejected during isochoric
process.(U)
7. Derive an expression for the change in enthalpy during isochoric process. (U)
8. Derive an expression for the change in internal energy during isobaric process. (U)
Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT31T Page 10
 9. Derive an expression for the heat supplied or heat rejected during isobaric process.(U)
10. Derive an expression for the change in enthalpy during isobaric process. (U)
11. Derive an expression for the change in internal energy during isothermal process. (U)
12. Derive an expression for the heat supplied or heat rejected during isothermal
process.(U)
13. Derive an expression for the change in enthalpy during isothermal process. (U)
14. Derive an expression for the change in internal energy during isentropic process. (U)
15. Derive an expression for the heat supplied or heat rejected during isentropic
process.(U)
16. Derive an expression for the change in enthalpy during isentropic process. (U)
17. Represent constant volume process on p-v diagram and p-T diagram. (R/U)
18. Represent constant pressure process on p-v diagram and p-T diagram. (R/U)
19. Represent constant temperature process on p-v diagram and p-T diagram. (R/U)
20. Represent adiabatic process on p-v diagram and p-T diagram. (R/U)

TEN MARKS QUESTIONS

1. A certain gas occupies a space of 0.3m3 at a pressure of 2 bar and a temperature of 77 0

C. It is heated at constant volume until the pressure is 7 bars. Determine temperature
at the end of process, mass of the gas, change in internal energy and change in
enthalpy during the process. Assume Cp = 1.005 KJ/Kg K; Cv = 0.712 KJ/Kg K and
R= 287 J/Kg K. (A)
2. The values of specific heat at constant pressure and at constant volume for an ideal
gas are 0.984 KJ/Kg K and 0.728 KJ/Kg K. find the values of characteristic gas
constant and ratio of specific heats for the gas. If one kg of this gas is heated at
constant pressure from 250 C to 2000 C, estimate the heat added, work done and
change in internal energy. Also calculate the pressure and final volume, if the initial
volume was 2 m3. (A)
3. 0.1 m3 of air at a pressure of 1.5 bars is expanded isothermally to 0.5 m3. Calculate
the final pressure of the gas and heat supplied during the process. (A)
4. The initial volume of 0.18 kg of a certain gas was 0.15 m at a temperature of 150 C
3

and a pressure of 1 bar. After adiabatic compression to 0.05 m3, the pressure was
found to be 4 bars. Find Gas constant, Molecular mass of the gas, Ratio of the specific
heats, two specific heats and Change in internal energy. (A)

5. A system contains 0.15 m3 of a gas at a pressure of 3.8 bar and 1500 C. It is expanded
adiabatically till the pressure falls to 1 bar. The gas then heated at a constant pressure
till its enthalpy increases by 70 KJ. Determine the total work done. Take Cp= 1 KJ/Kg
K and Cv = 0.714 KJ/Kg K (A)

CO4:Explain different thermodynamic cycles and solve related problems

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS

1. What is a thermodynamic cycle? State clearly the assumptions made. (R/A)
2. Classify Air standard cycles. (A)

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT31T Page 11

 3. Represent Carnot cycle on p-v and T- s diagram. (R)
4. Represent Otto cycle on p-v and T- s diagram. (R)
5. Represent Diesel cycle on p-v and T- s diagram. (R)
6. Represent Dual combustion cycle on p-v and T- s diagram. (R)
7. For a given compression ratio the air standard diesel cycle is less efficient than air
standard Otto cycle. Explain. (A)
8. A Carnot engine working between 650K and 310 K produces 150KJ of work. Find
thermal efficiency and heat added during the process. (A)
9. In an engine working on Otto cycle and using ideal air as the working substance has
its compression ratio raised from 5 to 6, Find out percent increase in efficiency. (A)
10. Calculate the ideal efficiency of an engine working on diesel cycle when the
compression ratio is 15 and cut off ratio is 2.5. (A)
11. Show for same compression ratio of 6 the efficiency of the diesel cycle is less than the
Otto cycle. Take γ = 1.4 and ρ = 2.5. (A)

TEN MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Explain with p-v and T-s diagram the working of Carnot cycle. (U)
2. Explain with p-v and T-s diagram the working of Otto cycle. (U)
3. Explain with p-v and T-s diagram the working of Diesel cycle. (U)
4. Explain with p-v and T-s diagram the working of Dual combustion cycle. (U)
5. Derive an expression for air standard efficiency of Carnot cycle. (U)
6. Derive an expression for air standard efficiency of Otto cycle. (U)
7. Derive an expression for air standard efficiency of Diesel cycle. (U)
8. Derive an expression for air standard efficiency of Dual combustion cycle. (U)
9. A Carnot engine operates between two reservoirs at temperatures T1 and T3. The work
output of the engine is 0.6 times the heat rejected. The difference in temperatures
between the source and sink is 2000 C. Calculate the thermal efficiency, source
temperature and the sink temperature. (A)
10. An engine, working on the Otto cycle, has a cylinder diameter of 150mm and a stroke
of 225mm. The clearance volume is 1.25x10-3 m3. Find the air standard efficiency of
this engine. Take γ = 1.4. (A)
11. In an ideal Diesel cycle, the temperatures at the beginning and end of compression are
570 C and 6030 C respectively. The temperatures at the beginning and of expansion
are 19500 C and 8700 C respectively. Determine the ideal efficiency of the cycle. Take
γ = 1.4. If the compression ratio is 14 and the pressure at the beginning of the
compression is 1 bar calculate the maximum pressure in the cycle. (A)
12. An oil engine, working on dual combustion cycle has a compression ratio 10 and cut
off takes place at 1/10th of the stroke. If the pressure at the beginning of compression
is 1 bar and maximum pressure 40 bars, determine the air standard efficiency of the
cycle.
Take γ =1.4 (A)

CO5:Compare different types of fules, Understanding the need,types,structure,

combustion process and production of fuels.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT31T Page 12

 FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS
1. Define fuel and state chief combustible elements of fuel. (R)
2. Define and explain Calorific value of fuel. (R)
3. Differentiate between HCV and LCV of a fuel and which is used in practical
calculation and why? (A)
4. A fuel consists of 85% carbon; 12.5% hydrogen; 2.5% residual matter by mass.
Working from first principles, find the higher and lower calorific values per kg of the
fuel. (A)
5. Calculate the minimum mass of air required for complete combustion. (A)
6. Explain the conversion of Volumetric analysis into mass analysis. (U)
7. Explain the conversion of mass analysis into volumetric analysis. (U)
8. What do you understand by ‘minimum air’ and ‘excess air’ in context of
combustion?(U)
9. Give chemical reactions and numerical values for estimating the air requirement for
complete combustion of fuel. (R/U)
10. A sample of coal gas has the following composition by mass; carbon 75%; hydrogen
6%; oxygen 8%; nitrogen 2.5%; sulphur 1.5%; and ash 7%. Calculate its higher and
lower calorific values per kg of coal. (A)

TEN MARKS QUESTIONS

1. What are the methods used for finding the calorific value of fuel and explain any one
method with a neat sketch. (U)
2. Explain how calorific value of a fuel is calculated with Bomb’s calorimeter. (U)
3. Explain how calorific value of a fuel is calculated with Junker’s calorimeter. (U)
4. Explain how flue gas analysis is made using Orsat apparatus. (U)
5. The volumetric composition of a gaseous fuel is given by H2 = 27%, CO = 7%, CH4 =
48%, C2H4 = 13%, CO2 = 3%, and N2 =2%. Determine the minimum quantity of air
required for burning of one m3 of fuel. (A)
6. The volumetric analysis of gas is CO2 14%, CO 1%, O2 5% and N2 80%. Calculate the
fuel composition by mass. (A)
7. A fuel gas the following percentage composition by mass: CO2 13.3%, CO 0.95%, O2
8.35% and N2 77.4%. Convert this into volumetric analysis. (A)
8. Calculate the higher calorific value of a coal specimen from the following data;
Mass of coal burnt = 1kg
Quantity of water in calorimeter = 2.5kg
Increase in temperature of water =2.60 C
Water equivalent of apparatus =390gm

If the fuel used contains 6% of hydrogen, calculate its lower calorific value. (A)

CO6:Understand and compare combustion process in SI and CI engines.

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT31T Page 13

 1. Define Ignition lag. Mention the variables affecting ignition lag. (R)
2. Explain the phenomenon of knocking in SI engine. (U)
3. Explain the phenomenon of Detonation in CI engine. (U)
4. What are the effects of knocking in SI engine? (A)
5. What are the effects of knocking in CI engine? (A)
6. Which are the controlling methods of detonation in SI engine? (R)
7. Which are the controlling methods of detonation in CI engine? (R)
8. Define delay period. Mention variables affecting delay period. (R)
9. What do you mean by Pre-ignition? Explain. (R/U)

TEN MARKS QUESTIONS

1. With the help of p-ѳ diagram, explain the stages of combustion in SI engine. (U)
2. With the help of p-ѳ diagram, explain the stages of combustion in CI engine. (U)
3. Discus the effect of the following engine variables on knocking in SI engine. (A)
a. Delay period b. Temperature c. Compression d. Mixture quality.
4. Discus the effect of the following engine variables on knocking in CI engine. (A)
a. Delay period b. Temperature c. Compression d. Mixture quality
5. Explain the following surface ignition phenomenon (U)
a. Wild ping b. Rumble c. Run-on d. Run-away.

BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION

MODEL QUESTION PAPER

HEAT POWER ENGINEERING

Max Marks: 100 Time: 3 Hr

Note: 1. Answer any six questions from PART-A and each question carries five marks.

2. Answer any seven questions from PART-B and each question carries ten
marks.

PART-A

1. Define point function and path function.

2. Write Kelvin Planck and Clausius statements of second law of thermodynamics.
3. Explain the zeroth law of thermodynamics in cyclic process.
4. State Boyle's law and Charles law.
Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT31T Page 14
 5. Explain the difference between universal gas constant and characteristic gas
constant.
6. Represent constant volume process on p-v diagram and p-T diagram.
7. Derive an expression for work done during isobaric process.
8. State the assumptions made in explaining the Air standard cycles.
9. Represent Carnot cycle on PV and TS diaphragm.

PART-B

1. The pressure of a steam inside a boiler, as measured by pressure gauge is 1

N/mm2. The barometric pressure of the atmosphere is 765 mm of mercury. Find
the absolute pressure of steam in N/m2, kPa, bar and N/mm2.
2. Prove that the difference between two specific heats (Cp and Cv) is equal to
characteristic gas constant(R).
3. A certain gas occupies a space of 0.3m3 at a pressure of 2 bars and a temperature
of 770 C. It is heated at constant volume until the pressure is 7 bars. Determine
temperature at the end of process, mass of the gas, change in internal energy and
change in enthalpy during the process. Assume Cp = 1.005 KJ/Kg K; Cv = 0.712
KJ/Kg K and R= 287 J/Kg K.
4. A system contains 0.15 m3 of a gas at a pressure of 3.8 bar and 1500 C. It is
expanded adiabatically till the pressure falls to 1 bar. The gas then heated at a
constant pressure till its enthalpy increases by 70 KJ. Determine the total work
done. Take Cp= 1 KJ/Kg K and Cv = 0.714 KJ/Kg K.
5. An engine, working on the Otto cycle, has a cylinder diameter of 150mm and a
stroke of 225mm. The clearance volume is 1.25x10-3 m3. Find the air standard
efficiency of this engine. Take γ = 1.4.
6. A Carnot engine operates between two reservoirs at temperatures T1 and T3. The
work output of the engine is 0.6 times the heat rejected. The difference in
temperatures between the source and sink is 2000 C. Calculate the thermal
efficiency, source temperature and the sink temperature.

7. a) Define HCV and LCV. 5marks

b) Explain the process of conversion of volumetric analysis into mass analysis.
5marks
8. The volumetric composition of a gaseous fuel is given by H2 = 27%, CO = 7%,
CH4 = 48%, C2H4 = 13%, CO2 = 3%, and N2 =2%. Determine the minimum
quantity of air required for burning of one m3 of fuel.
9. With the help of p-ѳ diagram, explain the stages of combustion in CI engine.
10. a) Define ignition lag and mention the variables affecting it. 5marks
b) What are the effects of Knocking in SI engine? 5marks

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT31T Page 15

 Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bangalore

Prerequisites: Enthusiasm to learn the subject.

Course Title: MECHANICAL WORK SHOP TECHNOLOGY

Course
Scheme (L:T:P) : 4:0:0 Total Contact Hours: 52
Code:15ME05T
Type of Course: Lectures, Core/ Elective:
Credit :04
Self Study & Quiz Core
25 Marks 100 Marks
Course Objectives:

1. Appreciate the various materials available for manufacturing.

2. Gain the knowledge about manufacturing process for particular application.
3. Gain the knowledge about machine tools for particular application
4. Powder metallurgy application for various types of cutting tools

Course Outcomes:

On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain CO:
CL Linked Teaching Hrs
Course Outcome PO

Identify the various materials

1,2,10 10
CO1 available for automobiles for a R/U/A
particular Usage
Select Particular Fabrication Process
CO2 for specific automobile field R/U/A 1,2,10 10
applications
1,2,10
Analyse the various Sheet metal R/U/A 06
CO3 works in practice in Automobile field

Know the Working Of Standard 1,2,10

CO4 Machine Tools Such As Lathe, 10
R/U/A
Milling, Drilling Machines
Understand the Metal casting 1,2,10
Techniques and basic structure of 10
R/U/A
CO5 products.

Expose and appreciate the 1,2,10

CO6 application of powder metallurgy 06
U/A
techniques in Engineering
Total sessions 52

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile

COURSE-PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX

Course Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MECHANICAL
WORK SHOP 3 3 - - - - - - - 3
TECHNOLOGY
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

COURSE CONTENT AND BLUE PRINT OF MARKS FOR SEE

Unit Hour Questions to be Marks weightage
No Unit Name set for weightage (%)
SEE/MARKS

R U A

1
MATERIALS FOR 10 05 05 15 25 18
AUTOMOBILES
2
BASIC FABRICATION 10 05 10 10 25 18
PROCESS
3
SHEET METAL 06 05 05 10 20 14
PROCESSES
4
BASIC MACHINE 10 05 15 10 30 20
TOOLS
METAL CASTING 10 05 10 15 30 20
5
PROCESSES
6
POWDER 06 - 05 10 15 10
METALLURGY
Total 52 25 50 70 145 100

Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application

UNITI: MATERIALS FOR AUTOMOBILES 10Hrs

Introduction of Engineering Materials-Classification, mechanical Properties of metals and

uses of Ferrous Metals-Pig Iron, Cast Iron, Wrought Iron, steel, Classification of Steels
according to Carbon content, Introduction to High speed Steels-18-4-1 HSS & uses.
Introduction, Purposes and methods of Heat treatment -Annealing-Normalizing-Hardening-
Tempering and Case Hardening- Properties and uses of Nonferrous metals- Aluminium,
Copper, Properties and uses of Plastics- Thermo plastics &Thermosetting-Properties and
Uses of Ceramics Composite Materials and uses.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile

UNTII: BASIC FABRICATION PROCESS 10Hrs
Introduction to Welding-Classification of welding- Principle of Arc welding, Gas welding.
Types of Arc welding-MIG Welding, TIG Welding, Submerged arc welding. Principle of
resistance welding – Spot, butt, seam Welding. -Welding Defects and remedies. Comparison
of welding, soldering and Brazing.

UNITIII: SHEET METAL PROCESSES 06Hrs

Introduction to Sheet Metal Work and Applications, metals used for Sheet Metal work,
Standard Gauge numbers. Sheet metal operations-shearing, cutting off, Parting, blanking,
Punching, notching, slitting, Lancing, Bending, Drawing and squeezing. Introduction to Press
working - Power press.

UNIT IV:BASIC MACHINE TOOLS 10Hrs

Centre Lathe-Constructional Features, Single point Cutting Tool Geometry, Various

Operations, Taper Turning Methods, Thread Cutting Methods-Shaper-Principle and working
of shaper-Hole making operations-Drilling- -Reaming-Boring Milling- Column and knee
type milling machine - Milling cutters and classification- Fundamentals of milling processes

UNIT: V METAL CASTING PROCESSES CONTACT HOURS: 10 Hours

Introduction to metal castings, Use of patterns, Pattern materials, types of Patterns-single,

Split, loose Piece, Sweep, Skeleton, gated Patterns - allowances – Types of Moulding sand
and Properties. Concept of Cope, Drag, Runner, Riser & core. Permanent mould casting –
Die casting, Slush Casting, Centrifugal casting,Investment casting, Name and brief
explanation of Defects in Castings Introduction to Forging, Smith forging operations. .

UNIT VI: POWDER METALURGY 06Hrs

Introduction to Powder Metallurgy –Manufacture of Metal Powders by Different Methods-

Atomization, reduction, Electrolysis and Spotting. Powder Metallurgy Process, Secondary
Operations. Products of Powder Metallurgy. Advantages and Limitations of powder
metallurgy.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Elements of Workshop TechnologyVol-I Manufacturing Process edition-By
HajraChoudry
2. Elements of Workshop TechnologyVol-II Manufacturing Process edition-By
HajraChoudry
3. Seropekalpakjian, Steven R Schmid Manufacturing Engineering and Technology-
Pearson Education-Delhi

Reference:
1. Manufacturing Technology-1By P.C Sharma of S.CHAND Publications.
2. Engineering Materials by Er.R.K.RAJPUT of S.CHAND Publications
3. Work shop technology By R.S KHURMI & J.K GUPTA of S.CHAND &Co.Ltd

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile

 LIST OF SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES
1. www.nptel.ac.in/courses/112105126/36
2. www.youtube.com/watch?v=T5gjkYvMg8A
3. www.youtube.com/watch?v=ESKoaZtoB1E
4. http://www.weldingtechnology.org
5. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TeBX6cKKHWY
6. http://www.piehtoolco.com
7. http://sourcing.indiamart.com/engineering/articles/materials-used-hand-tools/
SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITYS
Note: the following activities or similar activities for assessing CIE (IA) for 5 marks (Any one)
1 Make market survey; list the important materials being used for manufacturing automobile
components.
2 Visit nearer fabricator. Collect the information on welding electrodes, transformers and
accessories being used by them.
3 Visit nearer bodybuilding works. Collect the information on sheet metal material, sheet
metal gauges, tools used, operation carried out being used by them.
4 Make Visit to nearest work shop ,observe the lathe and make list of real time machine
components which are machined and how servicing of lathe being carried
5 Observe the milling machine of your polytechnic and study its specifications. List the
possible milling operation can done on that machine

Course Delivery:
∑ The course will be delivered through lectures and Power point presentations/ Video
∑ Teachers can prepare or download PPT of different topic’s of automobile engineering
application can prepare alternative slides.

MODEL OF RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY

Dimension Scale Students Score

Unsatisfactory Developing satisfactory Good Exemplary 1 2 3 4 5
1. Research Does not Collects very Collects Collects Collects a great deals of 2
and gather collect limited basic more information, all refer to
information information information, information, information, the topic
relate to topic some relate most refer to most refer to
to topic the topic the topic
2.Full fills Does not Performs Performs Performs Performs all duties of 3
teams roles perform any very little nearly all almost all assigned team roles
and duties duties duties duties duties
assigned to the
team role
3.Shares Always relies Rarely does Usually does Always does Always does the assigned 4
work equally on others to the assigned the assigned the assigned work, without needing
do the work work, often work, rarely work, rarely reminding
needs needs needs
reminding reminding reminding.
4. listen to Is always Usually does Listens, but Listens and Listens and talks a fare 5
other team talking, never most of the some times talks a little amount
mates allows any talking, talk too more than
one to else to rarely allows much, needed.
speak others to
speak
Grand Average/Total=2+3+4+5/4=14/4=3.5=4 4

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile

Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme:

What To When/Where Max Evidence Course

whom (Frequency in Marks collected outcomes
the course)
Direct CIE IA Three IA
Assessment tests(Average of
20 Blue books 1,2,3,4,5,6
three tests will

Students
be computed)
Activities Activities
05 1,2,4
sheet
SEE End End of the Answer scripts
100 1,2,3,4,5,6
Exam course at BTE
Indirect Student Middle of the 1 & 2,3
Feedback
Assessment Feedback on course Delivery of
forms
course course
Students

End of End of the 1,2,3,4,5,6

Course course Effectiveness
Survey of Delivery of
Questionnaires
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination
Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be rounded off
to the next higher digit.

Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational
components such as:

Sl. No Bloom’s Category %

1 Understanding 30
2 Applying the knowledge acquired from 50
3 Analysis 10
4 Evaluation& Creating new knowledge 10

Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of
semester
1. Blue books ( 20 marks)
2. Student suggested activities report for 5 marks
3. Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions &
Assessment Methods.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile

 FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE)
Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks

Ex: I test/6 th weak of I/II SEM

20
sem 10-11 Am
Year:
Name of Course coordinator : Units:__
CO’s:____

Question
Question MARKS CL CO PO
no
1
2
3
4
Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).

MODEL QUESTION PAPER (CIE)

Test/Date and
Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Time
MECHANICAL WORK SHOP
Ex: I test/6 th weak III SEM
TECHNOLOGY 20
of sem 10-11 Am
Year: 2015-16 Course code:15ME05T
Name of Course coordinator :
Units:1, Co: 1,2,3.9
Note: Answer all questions
Question
Question CL CO PO
no
1 Explain Annealing process in heat treatment --05 MARKS 1 1,2,10
U
2 a) Explain use of composite materials in engineering. A 1 1,2,10

b) State the five properties and uses of Ceramics 10 MARKS

3 Differentiate between Brazing & Soldering. 5 MARKS A 2 1,2,10

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile

MODEL QUESTION PAPER Code: 15ME05T
III- Semester Diploma Examination
MECHANICAL WORK SHOP TECHNOLOGY (AUTO)
Time: 3 Hours] [Max Marks: 100
Note: Answer any SIX from Part A and any SEVEN from Part B
Section A

1) Classify the engineering Materials with Examples. 05

2) Explain Annealing process in heat treatment. 05
3) State the properties and uses of Aluminium 05
4) Explain with sketch 4 jaw chuck? 05
5) State the Differences between Arc welding & Gas welding. 05
6) Explain with neat sketch TIG welding. 05
7) State the properties of moulding sands. 05
8) Name different metals used for sheet metal work. 05
9) State any five advantages of powder metallurgy 05

Section B

1) a) Differentiate between Pig Iron And Cast Iron. 06

b) Indicate any four uses of Cast Iron. 04
2) a) Explain uses of composite materials in engineering. 04
b) State the five properties and uses of Ceramics 06
3) Explain with neat sketch following operations
a) Honing 05
b) Lapping 05
4) a) Explain with a neat sketch radial drilling machine? 06
b) Explain tail stock set over method of taper turning 04
5) a) List Three uses of Arc welding. 03
b) Explain with neat sketch Gas welding. 07
6) Explain briefly with sketches
a) Spot welding 05
b) Seam welding 05
7) Explain the working of Capstan lathe with neat sketch? 10
8) a) Explain TIG welding with neat sketch 05
b)Define Forging. List the common forging operations. 05
9) Explain with sketch the following sheet metal operations
a) Bending 05
b) Drawing 05
10) a) Name the different products of powder metallurgy. 04
b) State the advantages & limitations of powder metallurgy 06

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile

 MODEL QUESTION BANK

Course Title: MECHANICAL WORK SHOP TECHNOLOGY

CO I: IDENTIFY THE VARIOUS MATERIALS AVAILABLE FOR AUTOMOBILES

FOR A PARTICULAR USAGE

1. Define Engineering Materials? Write any four important applications of them.

2. Classify the engineering Materials with Examples.
3. Explain briefly Ductility & Malleability property of metal
4. State plasticity & Elasticity of metals.
5. Indicate Five Properties and uses of Pig Iron.
6. List any five properties and uses of Cast Iron.
7. Indicate five uses and Properties of Wrought Iron.
8. Define Heat treatment? And Indicate Any Four purpose
9. Name the Different Heat treatment Process
10. Explain Annealing process in heat treatment.
11. Explain Normalizing Process.
12. Explain Hardening Process of heat treatment.
13. Explain Tempering Process of Heat treatment.
14. Explain Case Hardening Process of heat treatment.
15. Define Non Ferrous metal and Name any four Non ferrous metals.
16. Indicate any five properties of Non ferrous metals.
17. State any five uses of Non ferrous metals.
18. State any five properties and uses of aluminium.
19. State any five properties and uses of copper.
20. State any five properties and uses of Plastics.
21. Explain Thermo plastics & thermosetting.
22. Indicate any five uses & properties of Ceramics.
23. Define composite materials. Indicate any four uses of them.

1. a).Differentiate between Pig Iron And Cast Iron.

b) Indicate any five uses of Cast Iron.
2. a) Distinguish wrought Iron With steel
b) State any four uses of wrought Iron
3. Explain the following processes of heat treatment with applications
a) Annealing b) hardening
4. Explain the following processes of heat treatment with applications
a) Normalizing . b) Tempering.
5.a) state the Differences between Ferrous & Non Ferrous Metals.
b) Indicate any four Examples for ferrous &non ferrous metals
6.a) Compare thermoplastics and thermosetting
b) State the five properties and uses of plastics.
7. a) Explain use of composite materials in engineering.
b) State the five properties and uses of Ceramics

CO2: SELECT PARTICULAR FABRICATION PROCESS FOR SPECIFIC

AUTOMOBILE FIELD APPLICATIONS

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile

 1) Define Welding and Classify.
2) State the Differences between Arc welding & Gas welding.
3) List the welding defects.
4) Explain with neat sketch MIG welding.
5) Explain with neat sketch TIG welding.
6) Differentiate between welding & Soldering.
7) Differentiate between Brazing & Soldering.

8) a) State three uses of Arc welding

b) Explain with sketch arc welding.
9) a) List any three uses of Gas welding.
b) Explain with neat sketch Gas welding.
10) a) Name the different types of Resistance Welding.
b) Explain with neat sketch Spot welding.
11) Explain briefly with sketches
a) Spot welding
b) Seam welding
12) a) Explain with neat sketch butt welding.
b) Compare welding with soldering.
13) a) Explain with neat sketch Submerged arc welding.
b) Explain briefly Soldering.
14) a) Explain with neat sketch MIG welding.
b) Compare MIG welding & TIG Welding.
15) a) Explain with neat sketch TIG welding.
b) List the equipments used for Arc welding.

C0 3 : ANALYSE THE VARIOUS SHEET METAL WORKS IN PRACTICE IN

AUTOMOBILE FIELD

1) State the uses of sheet metal in Engineering

2) Explain properties and Gauges of sheet metal.
3) Name different metals used for sheet metal work.
4) Explain shearing and bending operation of sheet metals.
5) Explain briefly with sketch drawing operation of sheet metal.
6) Explain briefly squeezing and blanking operation of sheet metal.

1) Explain with necessary sketches of different Shearing operations in sheet metals.

2) Explain with sketch the following sheet metal operations
a) Bending b) Drawing
3) a) State any Four applications of sheet metals
b) Explain following shearing operation in sheet metal
a) Cutting off b) Blanking
4) a) State any three applications of presses
b) Explain Power press with a neat sketch
5) a) State any three applications of presses
b) Explain Ball or fly press with a neat sketch

CO 4:KNOW THE WORKING OF STANDARD MACHINE TOOLS SUCH AS

LATHE, MILLING, DRILLING MACHINES

1. Give the Specification Of Typical Lathe

2. Explain five main parts of lathe

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile

 3. How the power is transmitted in lathe spindle to feed shaft and lead screw
4. List the types of surfaces can be machined in engine lathe
5. Explain the important method of holding work in a lathe
6. List various operations that can be performed in lathe
7. Differentiate between steady rest and follower rest
8. Explain with sketch 3 jaw chuck
9. Explain with sketch 4 jaw chuck
10. Compare the applications and disadvantages of 3 jaw chuck&4 jaw chuck.
11. Explain the three taper turning methods with sketch
12. Explain the thread cutting operation with sketch
13. Explain with neat sketch lathe mandrel
14. Explain the process of cutting internal threads in a lathe
15. List the different guide ways generally used in lathe machines
16. List the different Slide ways generally used in lathe machines
17. Explain taper turning attachment with sketch
18. Explain with sketch face plate
19. Compare the capstan lathe with ordinary lathe
20. Explain the working of Capstan lathe with neat sketch
21. Explain the working of Turret lathe with neat sketch
22. Explain with sketch indexing mechanism of turret
23. Differentiate between capstan and turret lathe
24. State the advantages of turret lathe over capstan lathe
25. List the difference between capstan lathe and automats
26. Give the classification of automats
27. Sketch and explain the working of single spindle automats
28. Sketch and explain the working of multiple spindle automats
29. Explain with neat sketch the working of radial drilling machine
30. Explain reaming process
31. Explain with neat sketch the working of Horizontal boring machine
32. Explain with sketch twist drill geometry
33. Explain with sketch Column and knee type of milling machine
34. Write the classification of milling cutters
35. Describe briefly how milling cutter mounted
36. State the advantages of up milling
37. State the advantages of down milling
38. Explain with neat sketch up milling and down milling process
39. Explain with sketch end milling
40. Explain with neat sketch face milling
41. Explain with neat sketch slab milling
42. Define w.r.t milling:Cutting Speed, Feed, and Depth of cut machining time
43. What is the difference between a plain milling cutter and a side-milling cutter
44. How does a universal dividing head differ from a plain dividing head

CO 5: UNDERSTAND THE METAL CASTING TECHNIQUES AND BASIC

STRUCTURE OF PRODUCTS.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile

 1) Explain metal Casting process.
2) Define Pattern. List the materials used for Pattern.
3) Name the different types of patterns.
4) State the properties of moulding sand.
5) Explain with sketch Split pattern.
6) Explain with sketch loose pattern.
7) Explain with sketch gated pattern.
8) Explain with sketch sweep pattern.
9) Explain with sketch slush Casting.
10) State the uses of metal casting.
11) Explain briefly with a neat sketch centrifugal casting.
12) Explain briefly Runner and Raiser used in casting process.
13) Explain briefly any five defects in casting
14) Explain briefly Cope, Drag and Core used in casting process
15 a) state the importance of metal casting.
b) Explain with sketch slush Casting.
16) a) State the Ingredients of Foundry Sand
b) Explain with neat sketch centrifugal casting
17) Explain with neat sketch
a) Split pattern
b) Gated pattern
18) a) Explain pattern making materials
b) Explain with neat sketch die casting
19 a) Explain casting allowance
b) List the differences between Sand casting and Die casting.
20..Define Forging. List the common forging operations.

CO 6: EXPOSE AND APPRECIATE THE APPLICATION OF POWDER

METALLURGY TECHNIQUES IN ENGINEERING

1) a) Explain with neat sketch powder metallurgy process

b) State limitation of powder metallurgy.
2) a) Explain secondary operations of powder metallurgy process.
b) Indicate the advantages of powder metallurgy.
3) Explain the following metal powder manufacturing methods.
a) Mechanical method b) Atomisation
4) Explain the following metal powder manufacturing methods.
a) Reduction method b) Electrolysis
5) a) Name the different products of powder metallurgy.
b) State the advantages & limitations of powder metallurgy.
6). Explain the uses of powder metallurgy in engineering.
7) State any five Limitations of powder metallurgy.
8) State any five advantages of powder metallurgy.
9) Define metal powder. And name the different methods of manufacture.
10) Explain briefly manufacture of metal powder by mechanical method.
11) Explain briefly manufacture of metal powder by Atomization method.
12) Explain briefly manufacture of metal powder by Reduction method.
13) Explain briefly manufacture of metal powder by Electrolysis method.
14) Explain briefly manufacture of metal powder by spotting method.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile
Course Title: Automobile Transmission & control systems Course Code: 15AT32T
Credits (L:T:P) : 4:0:0 Core/ Elective: Core
Type of course: : Lectures Total Contact Hours: 52
25 Marks 100 Marks
Prerequisites:

Knowledge of Automobile Engineering-I & II studied in I and II semesters.

Course Objectives:

The student should be able to

1. Identify various components of Automobile chassis components and understand their
functions.
2. Classify various systems of chassis.
3. Understand construction and working of various systems of chassis and their
components.
4. Compare different types of systems in vehicle chassis.

On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain CO'S:

CL Linked Teaching
Course Outcome PO Hrs
Understand the purpose and constructional
CO1 R/U 1,2,10 03
features of various chassis frames.
Understand the principle, construction and
working of different types of clutches and R/U/A 1,2,3,10 10
CO2 gearboxes and compare them.
Explain the functions, construction and working
of propeller shaft, final drive, differential and R/U/A 1,2,3,10 10
CO3 rear axle and compare different types.
Understand the purpose, construction and
working of different components of front axle, R/U/A 1,2,3,10 11
CO4 steering system and steering geometry.
compare types of brakes and braking systems,
understanding their purpose, construction and R/U/A 1,2,3,10 10
C05 working.
Compare and list merits and demerits of
different components of suspension, wheels and
R/U/A 1,2,3,10 08
tyres, understanding their purpose, construction
CO6 and working.
52
Total sessions

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT32T Page 1

COURSE-PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX

Course Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Automobile
transmission and 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3
control systems
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

COURSE CONTENT AND BLUE PRINT OF MARKS FOR SEE

Unit Hour Questions to be set Marks weightage
No Unit Name (%)

R U A
I Chassis Frames 03 5 5 6.89
II Clutch and Gear box 10 5 15 10 20.68
Propeller shaft, Final drive, 5 15 10 20.68
III 10
differential and rear axle
Front axle and steering 5 15 10 20.68
IV 11
system
V Braking system 10 15 10 20.68
Suspension system, Wheels 5 15 10.34
VI 08
and tyres
Total 52 145 100

Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application

Course Delivery: The course will be delivered through lectures, presentations and classroom
discussions.

Course Content:

UNIT-I

Chassis Frames 03hrs

Frames- purpose- loads acting - types –construction-ladder type-x type-integral, sections used
in frames- Channel-Box-Tubular, materials used for frames, sub frames-need.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT32T Page 2

 UNIT-II

Clutch and Gear box 10hrs

Clutch-purpose-requirements-classifications- principle of friction clutch, construction and

working -single plate- multi plate- centrifugal, advantages and disadvantages-single plate-
multi plate-centrifugal clutch, Clutch Lining materials, Clutch operating mechanisms-
mechanical- hydraulic.

Gear box-necessity- Classification-construction and working - constant mesh-synchromesh

gear box, synchroniser-need-construction and working, gear selector mechanisms-types-
construction and working –floor mounted mechanism.

UNIT-III

Propeller shaft, Final drive, differential and rear axle 10hrs

Propeller shaft-function-construction, universal joints & slip joints- function- types-

construction & working- cross or spider type-flexible ring type-Rzeppa joint-Tripod joint.

Final drive- Purpose- types

Differential- necessity- principle- construction & working.

Rear axle- loads acting- types - construction and operation - hotch kiss - torque tube drive,
rear axle drive-construction-semi-floating -3/4 floating -fully floating rear axle drives, double
reduction axle-necessity-types

UNIT IV

Front axle and steering system 11hrs

Front Axle-types-construction-live (drive shaft)-dead axle (conventional), stub axles-types-

construction - Elliot, reverse-Elliot, lemoine and reverse - lemoine.

Steering system-purpose- requirements-mechanisms-types-details –Ackerman mechanism,

layouts-rigid axle-independent suspension system, steering gear box-need-types-construction
and working- Rack & Pinion-worm and wheel re-circulating ball and nut type, steering
geometry-definition, define and explain-camber-caster-king pin inclination-combined angle-
toe in and toe out, wheel alignment and wheel balancing-need.

UNIT V

Braking system 10hrs

Braking system- purpose- requirements- types, construction and working-internal expanding

drum brake, mechanical brakes-layout, hydraulic brake-principle-layout-advantages and
disadvantages, master cylinder-types-construction and working –conventional –tandem,
wheel cylinder-types-construction and working –single and double piston type, parking
brake-purpose, brake lining materials, disc brakes-types-merits and demerits-construction and
working –fixed-sliding-swinging type.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT32T Page 3

 UNIT VI

Suspension system, Wheels and tyres 08hrs

Suspension System-necessity-types, springs-types, construction and working-rigid axle

suspension with leaf spring-McPherson strut-double wishbone-trailing link, sprung and un
sprung weight-definition, shock absorber-need-construction and working of double acting
shock absorber

Wheels- requirements-types, Constructional details-wire-disc-alloy wheel.

Tyres-function-types-construction-tube-tubeless, carcass-types-construction-cross ply –radial

- bias type, treads pattern – need - types, aspect ratio, and specification.

Resources:

Reference Books:

SlNO Title of the book Author Publisher

1 Automotive Mechanics W. H. Crouse & Anglin Tata MC Graw-Hill

2 Diesel Engineering Sean Bennett CENGAGE Learning

3 The Automobile Engineering Vol-2 K.M Guptha Umesh publications

4 Automotive Technology Jack Erjavec CENGAGE Learning

5 Automobile Engineering K.M Gupta Umesh publications

6 Automobile Engg Vol I Kirpal Singh Standard publication

7 Automobile Engineering Er S K Gupta S Chand

Er A K Babu
8 Automobile Engineering S Chand
Er Ajit pal singh

9 Automobile engineering R B Gupta Kanna Publications

Websites:

∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Lys93UK4DV
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pqF-aBtTBnY
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TcYsV063lk8
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6BaECAbapRg
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zd69cDTZDco
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kpVdQ8CIFsI
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=agLa0A8GAfc

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT32T Page 4

 ∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QPaUJfA1KsY
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vOo3TLgL0kM
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IKywZ730JFs
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gIGvhvOhLHU
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pmWbei6beBg
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=R-hk9NvFang
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SOgoejxzF8c
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8qeaNQABPQk
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bMg_j5_AGMg
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bnc3VnQ8kUY
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bBwQ-UiveTs
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oUchfOF6EMs
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uTqU35K_8AU
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BIM1AyxfYkw
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-4b39-pbHN4
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PZ6i46XleqE
∑ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=u6ssbkt7_kw

Student Activities to be performed to award five marks in continuous internal

evaluation:
Visit nearby two wheel/four wheeler service stations/garages and make report of
different automotive chassis components seen with dimensional specification, materials used
and manufacturing processes used along with photographs.

Note:

1. Student should prepare a report on any one of the above/similar activity, which
helps in achieving above course outcomes.
2. The report prepared should be approved by the concerned staff and HOD.
3. The activity group should consist of maximum of three students.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT32T Page 5

MODEL OF RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY

Note: The dimensions given in below table are only representatives and the lecturer has to design/ decide suitable dimensions based on the
activity given.

Dimension Scale Students Score

Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary 5marks 1 2 3 4 5
1 marks 2marks 3 marks 4marks

1. Research and gather Does not collect Collects very Collects basic Collects more Collects a great 2
information information relate limited information, most information, most deals of
to topic information, some refer to the topic refer to the topic information, all
relate to topic refer to the topic

2.Full fills teams roles and Does not perform Performs very Performs nearly Performs almost Performs all 3
duties any duties little duties all duties all duties duties of assigned
assigned to the team roles
team role

3.Shares work equally Always relies on Rarely does the Usually does the Always does the Always does the 4
others to do the assigned work, assigned work, assigned work, assigned work,
work often needs rarely needs rarely needs without needing
reminding reminding reminding. reminding

4. listen to other team mates Is always talking, Usually does most Listens, but Listens and talks Listens and talks 5
never allows of the talking, sometimes talk a little more than a fare amount
anyone to else to rarely allows too much, needed.
speak others to speak

Grand Average/Total=2+3+4+5/4=14/4=3.5=4 4

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT32T Page 6

 Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme:

Method When/Where

Marks
To Evidence Course

Max
What (Frequency in
whom collected outcomes
the course)
Three IA
Tests;
Direct Assessment

CIE(Continuous 20 Blue books 1,2,3,4,5,6

IA (Average of
Internal
three Tests)
Evaluation)
Students Activity
Activities 05 1,2,3,4,5,6
reports
SEE ( Semester Answer
End End of the
End 100 scripts at 1,2,3,4,5,6
Exam course
Examination) BTE
1,2 & 3
Student Feedback on Middle of the Feedback
Delivery of
Indirect Assessment

course course forms

course
1,2,3,4,5 & 6

Questionnaires
Students Effectiveness
End of the of Delivery of
End of Course Survey
course instructions &
Assessment
Methods

*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination

Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be rounded off
to the next higher digit.
FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE)
Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks

Ex: I test/6 th weak of I/II SEM

20
sem 10-11 Am
Year:
Name of Course coordinator : Units:__
CO’s:____

Question
Question MARKS CL CO PO
no
1
2
3
4
Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT32T Page 7

 MODEL QUESTION PAPER (CIE)

Note: The Lecturer has to fallow the question paper blue print given in above table to prepare CIE
Question papers also.

Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks

Automobile transmission and control
Ex: I test/6 th week of III semester
systems 20
sem 10-11 Am
Year: 2015-16 Course code:15AT32T
Name of Course coordinator : Units:1,2 Co: 1,2
Note: Answer all questions
Question
Question CL CO PO
no
1 State the functions of Chassis frame and list loads acting on it. R 1 1,2,10
5marks
2 Compare single plate clutch with multi plate clutch. 5marks A 1 3,10
3 Explain the construction and working of diaphragm type single U 2 1,2,10
plate clutch. 10Marks
or U
Explain the construction of constant mesh gear box with a sketch.
10marks

Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application

MODEL QUESTION BANK

CO1: Understand the purpose and constructional features of various chassis frames.

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS

1. State the functions of Chassis frame and list loads acting on it. (R)
2. State different types of Chassis frames and list materials used to construct chassis
frame. (R)
3. Draw the sketch of conventional frame (ladder type) and label the parts. (R/U)
4. Draw the sketch of X type frame and label the parts.(R/U)
5. List the different sections used in members of chassis frame and explain need of sub
frame. (R/A)
6. Write a short note on integral type chassis construction. (U)

TEN MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Explain the construction of ladder type chassis with a sketch. (U)

2. Explain the construction of X type chassis with a sketch. (U)

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT32T Page 8

CO2: Understand the principle, construction and working of different types of clutches
and gearboxes and compare them.

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Explain the requirements of a good clutch. (A)

2. State the classifications of friction clutch. (A)
3. Explain the working principle of friction clutch. (U)
4. Mention the factors affecting torque transmitted by friction clutch. (R)
5. Compare single plate clutch with multi plate clutch. (A)
6. Compare diaphragm type clutch with coil spring type clutch. (A)
7. Compare wet clutch with dry clutch. (A)
8. List different friction materials used for clutch. (R)
9. Explain the mechanical clutch operating mechanism with a sketch. (U)
10. State the functions of gear box. (R)
11. Classify the automotive gear box. (A)
12. Explain the necessity of synchronizer in the gear box. (U/A)
13. Explain the methods used to prevent accidental gear shifting and double gearing in
gear box. (A)

TEN MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Explain the construction and working of coil type single plate clutch.(U)
2. Explain the construction and working of diaphragm type single plate clutch.(U)
3. Explain the construction and working of multi plate type single plate clutch. (U)
4. Explain the construction and working of centrifugal type single plate clutch. (U)
5. Explain the hydraulic actuating mechanism of clutch with a sketch. (U)
6. Explain the construction of constant mesh gear box with a sketch. (U)
7. Explain the process of gear changing in constant mesh gear box with sketches. (U)
8. Explain the construction and working of synchronizer with a neat sketch. (U)
9. Explain the construction and working of floor mounted gear shifting mechanism. (U)
10. Explain the interlocking mechanism used in a gearboxes with a sketch. (U)

CO3:Explain the functions, construction and working of propeller shaft, final drive
,differential and rear axle and compare different types.

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS

1. State the functions of universal joint and slip joint. (R)

2. Explain the constructional details of propeller shaft. (U)
3. State the purpose of final drive and mention different types. (A)
4. List the loads acting on the rear axle and mention different types of rear wheel drives.
(R)
5. State the functions of differential. (A)
6. Compare fully floating axle with semi floating type. (A)
7. Compare fully floating axle with 3/4floating type. (A)
8. Explain the necessity of constant velocity joints and list types. (A)

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT32T Page 9

 TEN MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Explain the constriction and working of spider type universal joint with a sketch. (U)
2. Explain the constriction and working of Rzeppa type constant velocity joint with a
sketch. (U)
3. Explain the constriction and working of Tripod type constant velocity joint with a
sketch. (U)
4. Explain the constriction and working of differential with a sketch. (U)
5. Explain the constriction and working of hotch kiss drive with a sketch. (U)
6. Explain the constriction and working of torque tube drive with a sketch (U).
7. Explain the constriction and working of semi floating with sketch. (U)
8. Explain the constriction and working of ¾ floating with sketch. (U)
9. Explain the constriction and working of fully floating with sketch. (U)

CO4: Understand the purpose, construction and working of different components of

front axle, steering system and steering geometry.

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Explain the constructional features of front axle with a sketch. (U)

2. Explain the constructional features of Elliot stub axle. (U)
3. Explain the constructional features of reverse-Elliot stub axle. (U)
4. Explain the constructional features of Lemoine stub axle. (U)
5. Explain the constructional features of reverse – Lemoine stub axle. (U)
6. State the functions of steering system and list different steering mechanisms. (A)
7. List the requirements of steering system. (A)
8. State the need of steering gear box and list different types. (A)
9. State the need of wheel alignment and wheel balancing. (A)
10. Define camber angle and state its need. (R/A)
11. Define caster angle and state its need. (R/A)
12. Define king-pin inclination and state its need. (R/A)
13. Define toe-in /toe –out and state its need. (R/A)
14. Draw the layout of Ackerman steering mechanism. (U)
15. Draw the layout of steering linkages for rigid axle suspension system. (U)
16. Draw the layout of steering linkages for independent suspension system. (U)

TEN MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Explain the layout of steering linkages for rigid axle suspension. (U)
2. Explain the layout of steering linkages for independent suspension (U).
3. Explain Ackerman steering mechanism with a layout. (U)
4. Explain the construction and working of rack pinion steering system. (U)
5. Explain the construction and working of worm and wheel system. (U)
6. Explain the constant and working of re-circulating ball and nut type steering system.
(U)

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT32T Page 10

CO5: compare types of brakes and braking systems, understanding their purpose,
construction and working.

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS

1. State the requirements of Braking system. (A)

2. Classify brakes in detail. (A)
3. Draw the layout of mechanical braking system and label the parts. (U)
4. Draw the layout of hydraulic braking system and label the parts. (U)
5. List the advantages and disadvantages of hydraulic braking system.(A)
6. Compare disc brakes with drum brakes. (A)
7. Draw the layout of parking brake system. (U)

TEN MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Explain the construction and working of internal expanding drum brake with a sketch.
(U)
2. Explain the construction and working of fixed calliper type disc brake. (U)
3. Explain the construction and working of sliding calliper type disc brake. (U)
4. Explain the construction and working of swinging calliper type disc brake. (U)
5. Explain the working of hydraulic braking system with a layout. (U)
6. Explain the construction and working of master cylinder with a sketch. (U)
7. Explain the construction and working of tandem master cylinder with a sketch. (U)
8. Explain the construction and working of wheel cylinder with a sketch. (U)

CO6:Compare and list merits and demerits of different components of suspension,

wheels and tyres, understanding their purpose, construction and working.

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS

1. State the functions of suspension system and list different types. (R)
2. List different types of springs used in suspension system. (R)
3. Define sprung and un sprung weight with examples. (R)
4. Compare coil spring with leaf spring. (A)
5. Explain the need of shock absorber and state its working principle. (A)
6. State the requirements of wheels and list different types. (A)
7. State the functions of tyres and list different types. (A)
8. Explain cross ply carcass construction in tyre. (U)
9. Explain radial ply carcass construction in tyre. (U)
10. Explain bias ply carcass construction in tyre. (U)
11. Explain specification of tyre. (U)
12. Explain the construction of wire wheel with sketch. (U)
13. Explain the construction of alloy wheel with sketch. (U)
14. Compare disc wheel with wire and alloy wheel. (A)
15. Compare radial tyres with bias tyre. (A)

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT32T Page 11

 TEN MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Explain the construction of leaf spring with sketch. (U)

2. Explain the construction and working of McPherson strut with sketch. (U)
3. Explain the construction and working of double wishbone suspension system with
sketch. (U)
4. Explain the construction and working of trailing link suspension system with sketch.
(U)
5. Explain the construction and working of double acting telescopic shock absorber with
sketch. (U)
6. Explain the construction of tube tyre with sketch. (U)
7. Explain the construction of tubeless tyre with sketch. (U)
8. Explain the construction of disc wheel with sketch. (U)

BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION

MODEL QUESTION PAPER

AUTOMOBILE TRANSMISSION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS

Max Marks: 100 Time: 3 Hr

Note: 1. Answer any six questions from PART-A and each question carries five marks.
2. Answer any seven questions from PART-B and each question carries ten
marks.
PART-A
1. State different types of Chassis frames and list materials used to construct chassis
frame.
2. Write a short note on integral type chassis construction.
3. Explain the working principle of friction clutch
4. List different friction materials used for clutch.
5. State the purpose of final drive and mention different types.
6. Compare fully floating axle with 3/4floating type.
7. Draw the layout of steering linkages for rigid axle suspension system.
8. Explain the constructional features of lemoine stub axle.
9. Draw the layout of mechanical braking system and label the parts.

PART-B
1. Explain the hydraulic actuating mechanism of clutch with a sketch.
2. a. Compare wet clutch with dry clutches. 5marks
b. Classify automotive gearboxes. 5marks

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT32T Page 12

 3. Explain the constriction and working of Tripod type constant velocity joint with a
sketch.
4. a. Explain the purpose of differential. 5marks
b. Explain the construction details of propeller shaft. 5marks
5. Explain Ackerman steering mechanism with a layout.
6. Sketch and explain the construction and working of rack pinion steering system.
7. Sketch and explain the construction and working of swinging calliper type disc brake.
8. Explain the working of hydraulic braking system with a layout.
9. Explain the construction and working of McPherson strut with sketch.
10. a. List different types of springs used in suspension system. 5marks
b. Explain the construction of wire wheel with a sketch. 5marks

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT32T Page 13

Course Title: Automobile transmission & Control systems Lab Course Code: 15AT33P
Credits (L:T:P) : 0:2:4 Credit:3 Core/ Elective: Core
Type of course: Tutorials and Practical Total Contact Hours: 78
CIE- 25 Marks SEE- 50 marks

Prerequisites:

Knowledge of Automobile transmission and control systems being studied in III semester.

Course Objectives:

Understand the complete procedure of dismantling, cleaning, and inspection, fault

finding/rectifying and reassembling of components of Automobile transmission and
control systems.

On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain CO:
CL Experiments Linked PO Teaching
Course Outcome linked Hrs

CO1 Service and fault diagnosis of 24

U/A 1,2,3,4,5,6 1,2,3,4,8,9,10
Clutch & gearbox.

CO2 Service and fault diagnosis of 12

U/A 7,8 1,2,3,4,8,9,10
Propeller shaft & differential.

CO3 Service and fault diagnosis of U/A 9,10,11,12 18

Steering & suspension system. 1,2,3,4,8,9,10

CO4 Service and fault diagnosis of 18

U/A 13,14,15,16 1,2,3,4,8,9,10
braking system.

C05 Measure and check dimensions 06

U/A 17,18 1,2,3,4,8,9,10
and alignment of chassis frame.
Total sessions 78

COURSE PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX

Course Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Automobile
transmission and 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3
control systems lab

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT33P Page 1

 Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed

Course Content:

UNIT-I

Tutorials:

Tutorial class for every graded exercise should include the followings.

1. Precautions to be taken during conduction of each exercise.

2. Proper tools to be used and sequence to conduct each exercise.
3. Any measurements/adjustments to be made in each exercise.
4. Discussion on trouble shooting of each system.

UNIT-II

Lab exercises
Sl.No List of Graded Exercises: Hrs. Allotted.
1 Overhauling of a Single plate clutch. (coil spring type) 03
2 Overhauling of a Single plate clutch. (Diaphragm spring type) 03
3 Overhauling of a multi-plate clutch. 03
Overhauling of a constant-mesh Gear-box & calculation of gear-
4 06
ratio’s w.r.t number of teeth.
Overhauling of a synchro-mesh Gear-box & calculation of gear-
5 06
ratio’s w.r.t number of teeth.
6 Overhauling of a Transfer case. 03
7 Overhauling of a Propeller shaft & universal joint 03
8 Overhauling of a Final drive & Differential with backlash 09
adjustment, & calculation of Final drive gear ratio
9 Overhauling of a front axle & hub greasing 03
Overhauling of a Steering gear box with Backlash, End-play
10 adjustment & calculation of steering gear ratio. ( minimum any three 09
different types of steering gear box)
11 Overhauling of an Independent suspension system 03
Overhauling of a Leaf spring & re-chambering.
12 03
Overhauling of a mechanical brake with free-play & brake shoe
13 adjustments. 03

14 Overhauling of a drum brake 03

Overhauling of a disc brake 03

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT33P Page 2

 Overhauling of a Master cylinder & wheel cylinder.
15 06
Bleeding of hydraulic brake system, free-play & brake shoe
16 adjustments. 03

Measurement of Wheel base, wheel track, Toe-in, Toe-out, over

length, over all height, front over-hang, rear over-hang, ground
17 03
clearance.

Checking the alignment of chassis frame.

18 03
Total Hrs. 78

Course Delivery:
The course will be delivered through tutorials, demonstration and hands on practices.
Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme:

When/Where
Method

To Max Evidence Course

What (Frequency
whom Marks collected outcomes
in the course)
Two IA Tests
DIRECTASSESSMEN

CIE (Average of 10 Blue books 1,2,3,4,5

IA two Tests)
(Continuous
Internal Tests Mini Projects 10 Models 1,2,3,4,5
Evaluation) Students Lab Records 05 Lab Records 1,2,3,4,5
T

TOTAL 25
SEE (Semester Answer
End End of the
End 50 scripts at 1,2,3,4,5
Exam course
Examination) BTE
1&2
Student Feedback on Middle of the Feedback
INDIRECTASSESSM

Delivery of
course course forms
course
1,2,3, 4,5
Questionnaires
ENT

Students Effectiveness
End of the of Delivery of
End of Course Survey
course instructions &
Assessment
Methods

*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination

Note:
1. I.A. test shall be conducted as per SEE scheme of valuation. However obtained marks
shall be reduced to 10 marks. Average marks of two tests shall be rounded off to the next
higher digit.
2. Rubrics to be devised appropriately by the concerned faculty to assess Mini project/Student
activities.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT33P Page 3

MODEL OF RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY/MINI PROJECT

Note: The Dimensions given in below table are only representative. The lecturer has to design/decide suitable dimensions based on the activity
given.

Dimension Scale Students Score

Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary 5marks 1 2 3 4 5
1 marks 2marks 3marks 4marks

1. Research and gather Does not collect Collects very Collects basic Collects more Collects a great 3
information information relate limited information, most information, most deals of
to topic information, some refer to the topic refer to the topic information, all
relate to topic refer to the topic

2.Full fills teams roles Does not perform Performs very Performs nearly Performs almost Performs all duties 4
and duties any duties little duties all duties all duties of assigned team
assigned to the roles
team role

3.Shares work equally Always relies on Rarely does the Usually does the Always does the Always does the 5
others to do the assigned work, assigned work, assigned work, assigned work,
work often needs rarely needs rarely needs without needing
reminding reminding reminding. reminding

4. listen to other team Is always talking, Usually does most Listens, but Listens and talks a Listens and talks a 1
mates never allows of the talking, sometimes talk too little more than fare amount
anyone to else to rarely allows much, needed.
speak others to speak

Grand Average/Total=3+4+5+1/4=13/4=3.25=4 4

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT33P Page 4

Reference Books:
Sl No Title of the book Author Name Publisher
National Instructional
Mechanic Motor Vehicle
01 ---------- Media Institute,
Trade theory and Practical
Chennai
02 Automobile Engineering Practices. N.Malhotra Asian publishers
Vehicle Maintenance &Garage
03 Jigar A Doshi PHI Learning,Delhi
Practice
W. H. Crouse &
04 Automotive Mechanics Tata MCgraw-Hill
Anglin
05 Diesel Engineering Sean Bennett CENGAGE Learning

06 Automotive Technology Jack Erjavec CENGAGE Learning

Harban Singh
07 Automobile Engineering. S Chand
Rayath
08 Charts and cut section models

Important Note:
1. Overhauling includes Dismantling, Cleaning, Inspection, Repair / Replacement of worn parts,
reassembling with necessary adjustments.
2. For every Exercises mention the detailed Trouble shooting chart in the Lab records.
3. The lab-record must have the following contents for each exercise :
a. Aim
b. Tools & Equipments required
c. Procedure
d. Precautions if any
e. Results / Reports
f. Troubling shooting chart.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT33P Page 5

SCHEME OF EVALUATION

Note: Lab Record is compulsory for Practical Examination.

Serial no Description Marks

Writing procedure

1 a) One exercise from list of exercises 1-8 (05+05) = 10

b) One exercise from list of exercises 09-18

Conducting & Performance

2 a) One exercise from list of exercises 1-8 (15+15) =30

b) One exercise from list of exercises 09-18

3 Viva-voice 10

Total 50

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT33P Page 6

TOOLS & EQUIPMENT LIST REQUIRED FOR THE LAB

1. Mechanic tool kit

2. Torque wrench ( 0-200 Nm)
3. Arbor press
4. Hydraulic press (20 Tons )
5. Hydraulic trolley jack
6. Hydraulic/ Mechanical jacks
7. Dial gauges with magnetic stand, feeler gauges,
8. Air compressor
9. Electronic Tyre inflators
10. Two post hoist
11. Tripod stands
12. Three jaw bearing pullers

LIST OF COMPONENTS REQUIRED

1. Single plate clutches ( Coil & Diaphragm spring type )

2. Multi plate clutch
3. Gear boxes (constant & synchromesh mesh )
4. Transfer case
5. Propeller shaft assembly
6. Rear axle assembly with wheels
7. Front axle assembly with wheels
8. Steering gearbox assemblies ( different types )
9. Chassis frame with Independent & leaf spring suspension system
10. Mechanical brake assemblies
11. Hydraulic brake system.
12. Master Cylinder-Single piston and Tandem master cylinder.
13. Wheel cylinders-single piston and double piston.
14. Drum brake assemblies.
15. Disc brake assemblies.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT33P Page 7

MODEL QUESTION BANK

1. Conduct the experiment to overhaul the given coil type single plate clutch. And list
the missing/worn parts.
2. Conduct the experiment to overhaul the given diaphragm type single plate clutch. And
list the missing/worn parts.
3. Conduct the experiment to overhaul the given multi plate clutch. And list the
missing/worn parts.
4. Conduct the experiment to overhaul the given constant mesh gear box. And list the
missing/worn parts. Also calculate different gear ratios.
5. Conduct the experiment to overhaul the Synchro mesh constant mesh gear box. And
list the missing/worn parts. Also calculate different gear ratios.
6. Conduct the experiment to overhaul the given transfer gear box. And list the
missing/worn parts.
7. Conduct the experiment to overhaul the given propeller shaft assembly. And list the
missing/worn parts.
8. Conduct the experiment to overhaul the given differential assembly. Check and adjust
back lash. List the missing/worn parts. And calculate final gear ratios.
9. Conduct the experiment to overhaul the given front axle assembly. And list the
missing/worn parts.
10. Conduct the experiment to overhaul the given steering gear box. List the
missing/worn parts. Also check and adjust end play and back lash.
11. Conduct the experiment to overhaul the given independent suspension system. And
list the missing/worn parts.
12. Conduct the experiment to overhaul the given leaf spring. List the missing/worn parts.
Also calculate its camber.
13. Conduct the experiment to overhaul the given mechanical brake system. List the
missing/worn parts. Also adjust free play.
14. Conduct the experiment to overhaul the given disc brake. And list the missing/worn
parts.
15. Conduct the experiment to overhaul the given master cylinder single piston type. And
list the missing/worn parts.
16. Conduct the experiment to overhaul the given tandem master cylinder single piston
type. And list the missing/worn parts.
17. Conduct the experiment to overhaul the given wheel cylinder single piston type. And
list the missing/worn parts.
18. Conduct the experiment to bleed the given hydraulic braking system.
19. Conduct the experiment to measure Wheel base, wheel track, Toe-in, Toe-out, over
length, over all height, front over-hang, rear over-hang, ground clearance of a given
vehicle.
20. Conduct the experiment to check the alignment of the given chassis frame.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT33P Page 8

 Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bangalore

Course Title: MECHANICAL TESTING AND QUALITY CONTROL LAB

Course Code:
Scheme (L:T:P) : 0:2:4 Total Contact Hours: 78
15ME37P
Type of Course: Tutorial and Core/ Elective:
Credit :03
practice Core(practice)
CIE- 25 Marks SEE- 50 Marks
Prerequisites: Learning concepts of Strength of Materials and Mechanical Measurements

Course Objectives:

1. Evaluate the Mechanical Properties and quality of the materials used in engineering
applications.
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain CO:
CL Linked Linked PO Teaching
Course Outcome
experiments Hrs

CO1 Examine the Quality of lubricant by finding 1,2,3 1,2,3,6,8, 18

U/A
the properties of lubricants 10
CO2 Enumerate hardness and impact resistance of 4,5 15
U/A 1,2,3,8,9,10
the materials before and after heat treatment
Evaluate the behavior of different materials 6,7,8,9
CO3 experimentally subjected to tensile, U/A 1,2,3,8,9,10 27
compressive, shear and bending loads
CO4 Analyze the measuring dimension with 10,11,12, 15
U/A 13 1,2,3,8,10
specified dimensions on components
C05 14 03
Know about Weld defects/surface cracks U 1,2,3,8,10
Total 78
sessions

COURSE-PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX

Course Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MECHANICAL TESTING
AND QUALITY CONTROL 03 03 03 - - 1 - 03 02 03
LAB

Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.

Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

LIST OF GRADED PRACTICAL EXERCISES

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15ME37P MECH

The practical/Graded exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt
to develop different types of learning out comes in affective domain and psychomotor
domain, so that students are able to acquire the necessary skills. Following is the list of
experiments to be carried out.

Apprx.
Exer
Hrs.
cise Practical/Exercise
Required
No.
PART A. MECHANICAL TESTING
1 Determine co efficient of friction of ant two oil by using Thurston oil 06
tester and compare their results
2 Determine flash and fire point of any two lubricants of different grade 06
and compare their results
3. Determine viscosity of given oil by using Redwood viscometer/Saybolt 06
viscometer.
4 Calculate Impact Value of Mild Steel, COPPER using CHARPY/ IZOD 06
Impact Test & compare
5 Calculate hardness number by Brinell /Rockwell method Using hardness 09
testing machine
6 Determination of yield stress, ultimate stress, breaking stress, percentage 12
reduction in area, percentage elongation, Young’s modulus by conducting
tension test on Ductile Materials like Mild Steel, Aluminium in Universal
testing machine. Draw Stress Strain Curve for both and compare
7 Find out Compressive Strength of C.I , M.S using Compression Testing 06
Machine
8 Conducting bending test on wood specimen by UTM and evaluate the results 06

9 Conducting Shear test on mild steel specimen by UTM and evaluate the 03
results

PART- B. QUALITY CONTROLL

10 Standard use of basic measuring instruments: Surface plate, v-block, sprit 06
level, combination set, filler gauge, plate gauge, wire gauge, screw pitch
gauge, radius gauge, vernier caliper, micrometer and slip gauges, vernier
height gauge, Vernier depth gaugeto measure dimension of given jobs.
11 Determine unknown angle of component using sine bar and slip gauges. 03
12 Measurement of screw thread elements by using screw thread micrometer, 03
screw pitch gauge.
13 Measurement of gear tooth elements by using gear tooth vernier caliper 03
14 Study on surface defects by Dye penetrant test/ ultrasonic portable 03
equipment(Not for conduction)
TOTAL 78

® Elements of Workshop Technology (Vols. 1 and II) by Hajra Chaudhary

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15ME37P MECH

SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITYS
1. Each student should submit any one of the following type activity or any other similar
activity related to the course and before take up get it approved from concerned
Teacher and HOD.
2. Each student should conduct different activity and no repeation should occur

1 Ask the students to bring two replaced Automobile/ Mechanical components, ask to select
the instruments and measure the at least three dimensions. Record it in a sheet
2 Market Survey specific to properties of Various type of Materials used in
Mechanical/Automobile industry or Any Engineering industries in local vicinity
3 Take the students for industrial visit for a nearby industry Select any two materials used
for various mechanical engineering applications. Compare their mechanical properties
Course Delivery:
The course will be delivered through Demonstration and Shop practices

Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme:

When/Where
To (Frequency Max Evidence Course
Method What
whom in the Marks collected outcomes
course)
Two Tests
(Average of
10 Blue books 1,2,3,4,5
two tests to
be computed)
Record
CIE
IA Writing
(Continuous
Tests (Average
Internal 10 Record Book 1,2,3,4,5
marks of each
Evaluation)
Students exercise to be
computed)
Student
05 Report 1,2,3,4,5
Activity
TOTAL 25
SEE
(Semester End End of the Answer scripts
50 1,2,3,4,5
End Exam course at BTE
Examination)
1, 2,3,
Student Feedback on Middle of the Feedback
Delivery of
course course forms
course
1,2,3, 4,5
Effectiveness
Students of Delivery
End of Course End of the of
Questionnaires
Survey course instructions
&
Assessment
Methods
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15ME37P MECH

Note:
1. I.A. test shall be conducted as per SEE scheme of valuation. However obtained marks
shall be reduced to 10 marks. Average marks of two tests shall be rounded off to the next
higher digit.
2. Rubrics to be devised appropriately by the concerned faculty to assess Student activities.

∑ MODEL OF RUBRICS /CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY

RUBRICS MODEL

RUBRICS FOR ACTIVITY( 5 Marks)

Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary Student

Dimension
Score
1 2 3 4 5
Collects very Collect much Collects Collects a Ex:
Does not collect
limited information; some basic great deal of
Collection any information
information; but very information; information; 4
of data relating to the
some relate to limited relate most refer to all refer to
topic
the topic to the topic the topic the topic
Does not perform Performs all
Fulfill Performs very Performs
any duties Performs very duties of
team’s roles little duties but nearly all 5
assigned to the little duties assigned
& duties unreliable. duties
team role team roles

Rarely does Usually does Always does

Normally
Shares Always relies on the assigned the assigned the assigned 3
does the
work others to do the work; often work; rarely work without
assigned
equally work needs needs having to be
work
reminding reminding reminded.

Usually does Talks good;

Is always talking; Listens, but
Listen to most of the but never Listens and 2
never allows sometimes
other Team talking; rarely show interest speaks a fair
anyone else to talk too
mates allows others in listening amount
speak much
to speak others

Average / Total marks=(4+5+3+2)/4=14/4=3.5=4

Note: This is only an example. Appropriate rubrics/criteria may be devised by
the concerned faculty (Course Coordinator) for assessing the given activity.

Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of
semester
1. Blue books (10 marks)
2. Student suggested activities report for 5 marks
3. Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions &
Assessment Methods

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15ME37P MECH

Scheme of Valuation for End Examination

Serial no Description Marks

Writing procedure a) One experiment on (Mechanical

1 05+05=10
testing) One experiment on (Quality control)

Conducting of Experiment a) One experiment on

2 Mechanical testing(Group of five)+ One experiment on 10+10=20
Quality control (Individual)

3 Calculation and results,(Both experiments) 15+5=20

TOTAL 50

EQUIPMENT LIST: Quantity : 01 Each

1. Hardness Testing Machine
2. Impact Testing Machine
3. Thurston Oil Tester
4. Pensky Martin Flash & Fire point Equipment
5. Redwood and Saybolt viscometer.
6. Universal Testing Machine – ( 20 ton – 40 ton range)
7. Surface plate, v-block, sprit level, combination set, filler gauge, screw pitch gauge,
radius gauge, verniercaliper, micrometer and slip gauges,vernier height gauge,
Vernier depth gauge
8. Gear Tooth Vernier
9. Universal Bevel Protractor
10. Digital Micrometer
11. Digital Screwgauge
12. Sine Bar & Slip Gauges
13. Spirit Level
14. Surface Plate ( Granite )
15. Wire and plate gauge.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15ME37P MECH

 Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bangalore
Course Title: MACHINE SHOP
Course Code:
Scheme (L:T:P) : 0:2:4 Total Contact Hours: 78
15ME46P
Type of Course: Tutorial and Core/ Elective:
Credit :03
practice Core(practice)
CIE- 25 Marks SEE- 50 Marks
Prerequisites: Theoretical concepts Machine tool Technology

Course Objectives:

1. To understand Constructional features of basic machine tools

2. To know the various Metal cutting operations and Machine tool parameters

Course Outcomes:

On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain CO:

CL Linked Linked Teaching

Course Outcome Shops PO Hrs

Acquire skill on working of general

1,2,3,4,5,6
purpose machine tools and on various U/A - 24
,7,8,10
CO1 manufacturing processes.
Turning
Create model by demonstrating 1,2,3,4,5,6
U/A models 12
various turning operation ,7,8,10
CO2 exercises
Drilling,
Develop a model by demonstrating grinding 1,2,3,4,5,6
U/A 12
various drilling and grinding operation model ,7,8,10
CO3 exercises
Shaper
Create model by demonstrating 1,2,3,4,5,6
U/A models 24
various shaping operation ,7,8,10
CO4 exercises
CO5 Milling
Create model by demonstrating 1,2,3,4,5,6
U/A models 06
various Milling operation ,7,8,10
exercises
Total 78
sessions
Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15ME46P MECH

 COURSE-PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX

Course Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MACHINE SHOP 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - 3

Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.

Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

COURSE CONTENT

Unit
Hour
No Unit Name

1 TURNING PRACTICE 24
2 DRILLING PRACTICE 12
3 SHAPING PRACTICE 12
4 MILLING PRACTICE 24
5 GRINDING PRACTICE 06
Total 78

UNITI: TURNING PRACTICE 24Hrs

Demonstration and detailed explanation of Machine tools (Ordinary lathe/capstan/Turret

Lathe) and work holding devices used-Description and specification of Cutting tools required
for creating model–Various Turning operations performed in Machine shop-Safety practices
to be observed-Clean the machine after operation

Hands on Experience
1. Turning practice on mild steel specimen to an accuracy of ± 0.25 mm.
2. Preparing at least ONE model involving the following operations. Plain Turning,
Step Turning, Taper Turning, Knurling, Thread cutting

UNTII: DRILLING PRACTICE 12Hrs

Demonstration and detailed explanation of Machine tools (Radial drilling Machine) and work
holding devices used-Description and specification of Cutting tools required for creating

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15ME46P MECH

model–Various Drilling operations performed in Machine shop-Safety practices to be
observed-Clean the machine after operation
Hands on Experience
1. Preparation of ONE model with two or three different sizes holes for different
materials at different locations

UNITIII: SHAPING PRACTICE 12Hrs

Demonstration and detailed explanation of Machine tools (Shaper) and work holding devices
used-Description and specification of Cutting tools required for creating model–Various
Shaping operations performed in Machine shop-Safety practices to be observed-Clean the
machine after operation
Hands on Experience
1. Preparation of ONE model with Shaping step block cut dovetail to angles 60

UNITIV: MILLING PRACTICE 24 Hrs

Demonstration and detailed explanation of Machine tools (MILLING MACHINE) and work
holding devices used-Selection and specification of Cutting tools required for creating
model–Various Milling operations performed in Machine shop-Safety practices to be
observed-Clean the machine after operation
Hands on Experience
1. Preparation of ONE model Milling-square-hexagon, Spur gear teeth, Key way from
round bars with indexing and without indexing

UNITV: GRINDING PRACTICE 06Hrs

Demonstration and detailed explanation of Machine tools (Grinding) and work holding
devices used-Selection and specification of Grinding wheels required for creating model–The
grinding operations performed in Machine shop-Safety practices to be observed-Clean the
machine after operation
Observe on Experience
1. The Grinding Single point cutting tool for required angle

® Elements of Workshop Technology (Vols. 1 and II) by Hajra Chaudhary

SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITYS
Note: the following activities or similar activities for assessing CIE (IA) for 10 marks (Any
one)
1. Each student should do any one of the following type activity or any other similar
activity related to the course and before conduction, get it approved from concerned
Instructor and Foreman with an intimation to HOD
2. Each student should conduct different activity and no repeating should occur

1 Take the students for local Machine shop observe the Machining practices followed in the
industry and submit an hand written report of 500 words
2 Ask the students to observe the Various machining operations carried out in a sample

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15ME46P MECH

 component and submit an hand written report of 500 words
3 Take the students for industrial visit for a nearby MSME; observe the safety practices
followed and Study Various operational activities. and submit an hand written report of
500 words

Course Delivery:
The course will be delivered through Demonstration and Shop practices

Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme:

What To whom When/Where Max Evidence Course

(Frequency in Marks collected outcomes
the course)
CIE IA Students Activities 10 Blue Book 2,3,4.5
Record – 15 Graded 2,3,4,5
Average marks exercises
of graded
exercises to be
computed
SEE End End of the 50 Answer scripts 1,2,3,4,5
Exam course at BTE
Student Feedback Students Middle of the Feedback forms 1,2,3 Delivery
on course course of course
End of Course End of the Questionnaires 1,2,3,4,5
Survey course Effectiveness
of Delivery of
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
Note: 1. The activity related exercises shall be evaluated as per the Rubrics developed by the
concerned department related to the course.
2. The course related graded exercises to be evaluated as per performance mentioned in
SEE scheme of evaluation.

Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of
semester
1. Blue books ( Activity for 10 marks)
2. Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions &
Assessment Methods.

Scheme of Valuation for End Examination

Note: Any one model in any one practice
Serial no Description Marks

1 Listing of tools & operations required for 05

performing job
2 Marking of job 05
3 Operation performed 15
4 Dimensional accuracy of job 15
5 Finishing of job 10
TOTAL 50

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15ME46P MECH

EQUIPMENT LIST:
1. Turret and Capstan Lathes 01
2. Horizontal Milling Machine 01
3. Vertical Milling Machine 01
4. Surface Grinding Machine 01
5. Cylindrical Grinding Machine 01
6. Shaper 02
7. Planner 01
8. Radial Drilling Machine 01
9. Power tools-Drilling
10. Power tools-grinding
11. Power tools-polishing
12. Cordless screw driver

GENERAL INSTRUCTION IN WORK SHOP

1. Every student should obtain a set of instruction sheets entitled manufacturing
processes Laboratory.
2. For reasons of safety, every student must come to the laboratory in shoes. it is unsafe
for the students to come to the laboratory wearing garments with parts that that hang
about loosely. Students should preferably Use half-sleeve shirts. The Students should
also ensure that floor around the machine is clear and dry (not oily) to avoid slipping.
3. An apron will be issued to each student. Students not wearing an apron will not be
permitted to the work in the laboratory.
4. Instruments and tools will be issued from the tool room. Every student must produce
his identity card for the purpose. Tools, etc. must be returned to the tool room on the
same day.
5. The student should take the permission of the Lab Staff / Tutor before handling any
machine.
6. The student should not lean on the machine when it is working.
7. Power to the machines will be put off 10 minutes before the end of laboratory session
to allow the students to return the tools.
8. Students are required to clear off the chips from the machine and lubricate the guides
etc. at the end of the session.
9. Laboratory reports should be submitted on blue Book.
10. Blue Book will not be returned to the students.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15ME46P MECH

 MODELS FOR PRACTICE IN WORK SHOP
UNIT I: TURNING PRACTIC -24 Hrs
(NOTE: INDIVIDUAL MODEL)

1. To make the part shown in the sketch from a mild steel rod on a Lathe

EQUIPMENT: List all tools and instruments used.

OUTLINE OF PROCEDURE
Hold the bar in a three jaw chuck and face the end with a right hand facing tool. Make central
hole with a center drill. Repeat these' operations for the other end of the bar. Replace the
chuck by a dog plate (Center plate) and hold the job in a carrier between centers. Turn the bar
to the required diameter with rough cuts. Face the steps and finishes the diameters to the
required sizes. Machine the roots and the groove with form tools. Machine the taper with the
help of the cross-slide swiveling arrangement. Knurl the required surface. Cut the threads.
OBSERVATIONS
(a) Measure all dimensions (up to second decimal place) on the specimen turned by your
group. Make a neat sketch and indicate all measured dimensions.
(b) Discuss briefly how tapered portion was turned.
(c) Show the calculation of the required gear ratio for thread cutting.
(d) Sketch the main drive unit of 'the- lathe and show how the speed steps are obtained.

UNTII: DRILLING PRACTICE -12Hrs

(NOTE: INDIVIDUAL MODEL)
UNTII: DRILLING PRACTICE 12Hrs
2. To drill, file, as shown in the sketch, out of the work piece provided and tap holes on
the mild steel plate.)

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15ME46P MECH

OBJECTIVE: To study the characteristic features of Drilling machine.

OUTLINE OF PROCEDURE
i) Run the machine at low speed and observe the motions, which control the shapes of the
surfaces produced. Note particularly the features, which control the geometrical form
of the surface.

ji) Learn the names of the major units and the components of each machine. Record these
details (Table A). (Please ensure that the main isolator switch is off and check that the
machine cannot be inadvertently started. Do not remove guards). Use the
manufacture's handbook for details that cannot be inspected.

jii) Record the obtainable speed and feed values

iv) Note down the special features of the speed and feed control on each machine,

v) Pay attention to the following:

a, Size specification of various machine tools,
b, Machine tool structures and guide ways I slide ways.
c. Drive mechanism for primary (cutting) motion,
d. Drive mechanism for secondary (feed) motion.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15ME46P MECH

 UNIT III: SHAPING PRACTICE -12Hrs
(NOTE:ONE MODEL FOR GROUP OF 05 STUDENTS)

3. To machine a V-block as shown in the sketch out of the work piece provided.

OBJECTIVE: To study the characteristic features of Shaper.

OUTLINE OF PROCEDURE
i) Run the machine at low speed and observe the motions, which control the shapes of the
surfaces produced. Note particularly the features, which control the geometrical form
of the surface.
ii) Learn the names of the major units and the components of each machine. (Please ensure
that the main isolator switch is off and check that the machine cannot be inadvertently
started. Do not remove guards). Use the manufacture's handbook for details that
cannot be inspected.
iii} Record the obtainable speed and feed values
iv) Note down the special features of the speed and feed control on each machine.
v) Pay attention to the following:
a. Size specification of various machine tools.
b. Machine tool structures and guide ways I slide ways.
c. Drive mechanism for primary (cutting) motion.
d. Drive mechanism for secondary (feed) motion.

OBJECTIVE: To Machine V-Block

EQUIPMENT
List all tools and instruments used.
OUTLINE OF PROCEDURE
Hold the work piece in a vice and machine the bottom surface shown in the sketch. Invert the
casting in the vice and machine the top surface till the desired height is obtained. Machine the
inclined faces using right and left hand tools. Finally machine the groove.
OBSERVATIONS
(a) Measure all dimensions (up to second decimal place) on he specimen machined by your
group. Make a neat sketch and indicate all measured dimensions.
(b) Calculate the machining time for the bottom surface of the specimen.
(c) Explain -the quick return mechanism.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15ME46P MECH

(d) Explain the use of clapper box on the machine.

UNIT IV:MILLING PRACTICE -24 Hrs

(NOTE:ONE MODEL FOR GROUP OF 05 STUDENTS)

4. To machine the hexagonal head and the slot shown in the sketch on the specimen,

EQUIPMENT: List all tools / cutters and instruments used.

OUTLINE OF PROCEDURE
Fit the helical cutter on the arbor and the specimen between the centers of the dividing head
and the tail center. Carefully adjust the work piece so that the cutter just touches the top
surface of the specimen. Calculate the necessary depth of cut and then mill the six faces of
the hexagonal head in succession. Change the cutter and mill the rectangular slot. Cut at least
2 Spur gear teeth on round rod by using milling gear teeth cutter.

OBSERVATIONS
(a) Measure all dimensions (up to second decimal place) on the specimen milled by your
group. Make a neat sketch and indicate all measured dimensions.
(b) Explain in brief how the required indexing was obtained with the dividing head.
(c) Explain up-milling and down-milling operations. Which one did you use for slot
milling and why?
(d) Explain the advantages of using a helical milling cutter.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15ME46P MECH

 MODEL QUESTIONS FOR FINAL EXAM
COURSE TITTLE: MACHINE SHOP
TIME: 3 HOURS MARKS:50

1.Prepare the model as per the given sketch

2.Prepare the model as per the given sketch

3.Prepare the model as per the given sketch

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15ME46P MECH

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15ME46P MECH
 3£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï PÀ£ÀßqÀ-1 (PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀjUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ)

Course: Course Code:15KA3NT

3rd Kannada Kali-1 (2016-17)
Semester No. of Credits:02 No. of teaching hours/week:02
No. of teaching
hours/Semester:26

Mode of Assessment and Maximum Marks: 50 (CIE only)

Evaluation: Minimum Passing marks:20
Continuous Internal (IA Tests + Student activities)
Evaluation (CIE)only.
I.A Tests:30 Marks (3 Tests)
Student activities: 20 Marks

GzÉÝñÀ:

1. PÉüÀĪÀÅzÀÄ, UÀ滸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ, ¤gÀUÀð¼ÀªÁV ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀàµÀÖªÁV NzÀĪÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ (C©üªÀåQÛ¸ÀĪÀ)

¸ÁªÀÄxÀåðªÀ£ÀÄß ¨É¼É¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
2. eÁÕ£Ádð£É, ¸Á»vÁå©ügÀÄa, aAvÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ D£ÀAzÀPÁÌV ¸ÀévÀAvÀæªÁV NzÀ®Ä, §gÉAiÀÄ®Ä ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀ®Ä
¸ÀªÀÄxÀðgÁUÀĪÀAvÉ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
3. ¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÛ£ÀÄß ºÉaѹPÉÆAqÀÄ ¸ÀàµÀÖ GZÁÑgÀuÉAiÉÆqÀ£É °TvÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiËTPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀiÁr¹,
¸ÀévÀAvÀæªÁV ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ §¼ÀPÉ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
4. £ÁqÀÄ-£ÀÄr, ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸Á»vÀåUÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ DwäAiÀÄ ¨sÁªÁ©üªÀiÁ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¨É¼É¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
5. QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ½AzÀ ¨sÁµÁ P˱À®åzÀ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ ªÀiÁr¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ./PÀ°¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
(QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉ JAzÀgÉ, ªÀtðªÀiÁ¯É ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ, ªÁåPÀgÀtzÀ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ, UÀÄtÂvÁPÀëgÀ,
¸ÀAAiÀÄÄPÁÛPÀëgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, £ÁªÀÄ¥ÀzÀ, °AUÀ, ªÀZÀ£À, ¥ÀævÀåAiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, ªÁPÀågÀZÀ£É (PÀvÀÈ, PÀªÀÄð, QæAiÀiÁ¥ÀzÀ) EvÁå¢)

¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¨sÁµÁ P˱À®å

(PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-¥ÀoÀå¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ -²æà °AUÀzÉêÀgÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉêÀÄ£É – PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À)
¨sÁUÀ-1
¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À ¸ÉªÉĸÀÖgï ¨ÉÆÃzsÀ£À DªÀ¢ü
PÀæªÀiÁAPÀ ¥ÀoÀåªÀ¸ÀÄÛ«£À «ªÀgÀ - Curriculum Content Total no.of
Lesson Classes /Sem
No
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ/ªÀtðªÀiÁ¯É/’PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°’AiÀÄĪÀ «zsÁ£À PÀÄjvÀ ªÀiÁ»w 02
1 Introducing each other Personal Pronouns, 03
Possessive forms and Interrogative words
1. £ÁªÀÅ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¨sÁµÉ 2. CPÀëgÀUÀ½AzÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
2 Introducing each other Personal Pronouns, 02
Possessive forms – Yes/No Type Interrogative
3 About Ramayana. Possessive forms of nouns, 02
dubitive question, Relative nouns.
¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ
4 Enquiring about college. Qualitative and 02
quantitative adjectives.
5 Enquiring about room. Predicative forms, 02

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 1

 locative case.
6 Vegetable Market. Dative case, basic numerals. 02
7 About Medical college. Ordinal numerals, plural 02
markers.
8 In a cloth shop. Color adjectives, defective 02
verbs
9 Plan to go for picnic - imperative, permissive 02
and hortative
10 Enquiring about one’s family, Verb iru, and 02
corresponding negation
PÀ£ÀßqÀ avÀæ¥ÀlUÀ¼À°è£À CPÀëgÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß UÀÄgÀÄw¹ N¢
¢£À¥ÀwæPÉ NzÀĪÀ ºÀªÁå¸À--¸ÀAªÀºÀ£À ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄzÀ §UÉÎ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ
DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ 03
MlÄÖ UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 26
¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ:
 F ¥ÀoÀåzÀ ªÀÄÆ® GzÉÝñÀ PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀ «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀgÀ¼À PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ°è ªÀåªÀºÀj¸ÀĪÀAvÉ
ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÁVzÉ. “PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°” ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀzÀ ªÉÄð£À ¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À eÉÆvÉUÉ “QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉ”¬ÄAzÀ
UÀ½¸ÀĪÀ CPÀëgÀ eÁÕ£À¢AzÀ ¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÄÛ ºÉaѹ, ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ¸ÀéAvÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À gÀZÀ£É ªÀiÁr¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ. (CªÀÄä,
ªÉƨÉʯï, PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ, PÀ«UÀ¼ÀÄ, £ÁlPÀ, d£À¥ÀzÀ PÀ¯É, £Ár£À ¥Àæ¹zÀÞ ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÀºÉÆÃzÀgÀ, ¸ÉßûvÀ,
vÀgÀPÁj, zÉÆøÉ, wAr, ¤zÉÝ, ©¹, ZÀ½, DPÁ±À, NzÀÄ, EvÁå¢ ¤vÀå §¼ÀPÉAiÀÄ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ
ªÁPÀågÀZÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 25-50 ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À QgÀÄ ¯ÉÃR£À gÀZÀ£É).
 vÀgÀUÀw ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼À ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀzÀ°è (PÁè¸ï C¸ÉÊ£ïªÉÄAmï) PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀtðªÀiÁ¯ÉAiÀÄ ¸ÀégÀ, ªÀåAd£ÀUÀ¼À CPÀëgÀUÀ¼À
§gÀªÀtÂUÉ C¨sÁå¸À, ªÀåAd£ÀUÀ½UÉ ¸ÀégÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¸ÉÃj¸ÀÄ«PÉ, CPÀëgÀUÀ½AzÀ ¥ÀzÀgÀZÀ£É, ¥ÀzÀUÀ½UÉ ¥ÀævÀåAiÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß
¸ÉÃj¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ(UÉ, ¬ÄAzÀ, C£ÀÄß, C°è, UÀ¼ÀÄ, JAzÀÄ.....EvÁå¢ ¥ÀoÀåzÀ°è §gÀĪÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ½UÉ ¤vÀå §¼ÀPÉAiÀÄ
¥ÀævÀåAiÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¸ÉÃj¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ) ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ªÁPÀå gÀZÀ£É. ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ. ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÁoÀ 1-10gÀ ¥ÀoÁåAvÀåzÀ°è §gÀĪÀ
C¨sÁå¸ÀUÀ¼À°è Dj¹zÀ C¨sÁå¸À ¨sÁUÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß §gɸÀĪÀÅzÀÄ. ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÁoÀ-20 gÀ ¹Ìç¥ïÖ- C£ÀÄß DzsÁgÀªÁVlÄÖPÉÆAqÀÄ
C¨sÁå¸À ªÀiÁr¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
DPÀgÀ UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:
1. PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-²æà °AUÀzÉêÀgÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉêÀÄ£É – PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.
2. ¥ÁæxÀ«ÄPÀ ±Á¯ÉAiÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
3. ¸ÀgÀ¼À PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÁåPÀgÀt ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ- JA.« £ÁUÀgÁdgÁªï/EvÀgÉ ¯ÉÃRPÀgÀÄ.
4. ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ ¥Àætw-¥ÀæxÀªÀÄ ¦AiÀÄĹ ¥ÀÆgÀPÀ ¥ÀoÀå.
5. ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀvÀæªÀåªÀºÁgÀzÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

¥ÀjÃPÉë ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À «zsÁ£À (3£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï)

¤gÀAvÀgÀ CAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À- Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) only.
PÀæ.¸ÀA. ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ «ªÀgÀ UÀjµÁ×APÀ GwÛÃtðvÉUÉ
PÀ¤µÁ×APÀ
01 DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ªÀÄÆgÀÄ DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ 30
(I A Tests) (¸ÀgÁ¸Àj CAPÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀjUÀt¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ)
02 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ P˱À¯Áå©üªÀÈ¢Ý ªÀÄÆgÀÄ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 20
ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ (¸ÀgÁ¸Àj CAPÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀjUÀt¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ)
(Student Activities)
MlÄÖ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 50 20

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 2

 Course outcome:
1. Developing listening and speaking skills.
2. Easy Interaction with peers.
3. Students can use the language at ease in daily life situations

DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼À ªÀiÁzÀj ¥Àæ±ÉߥÀwæPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ:

¤gÀAvÀgÀ DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ½UÉ F PɼÀV£À ªÀiÁzÀjAiÀÄ°è ¥Àæ±ÉߥÀwæPÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß

¹zÀÞ¥Àr¹ £ÀqɸÀĪÀÅzÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ “PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°” ¥ÀoÀåzÀ PÀ°PÉ «ªÀgÀuÉ (¨sÁµÁ¨sÁå¸À) ¸ÀA¨sÁµÀuÁ ¨sÁUÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CAvÀåzÀ°è C¨sÁå¸À ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀzÀ°è §gÀĪÀ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ¼À «zsÁ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¥ÀAiÀiÁðAiÀĪÁV §¼À¹PÉÆAqÀÄ
¥Àæ±ÉߥÀwæPÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß vÀAiÀiÁj¹PÉƼÀÀÄzÀÄ.

r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁ 3£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï-PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-1 (PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀjUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ)

DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉë

¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ: 60 ¤«ÄµÀUÀ¼ÀÄ CAPÀ: 30

---------------------------------------------------------------------
I. Fill in the blanks using the appropriate words.(Any FOUR) 1X4=04
i) nimma raajya.......................?
ii) adu..............pustaka?
iii) avana ............. hesaru suratkal injiniyaring kaaleju.
iv) ondu ruupaayige..............paise.
v) aval.ige hindustaani sanita tumba..................
vi) nanage ninna sahavaasa khanDitaa.................
vii) avanu nimma ................. ....?
II. Use the following words (any FOUR) in your own sentences. 1X4=04
1.adhyaapaki 2.snehita 3. Vyaapaara 4.keTTa 5. Hasiru 6.angadi 7.taaja

III. Answer the following questions (any FOUR) 1X4=04

(a) nimma uuru yaavudu?
(b) nivu diploma vidyaarthinaa?
(c) nimma pennige estu ruupaaye?
(d) nimma maatrubhaashe yaavudu?
(e) nimage tingalige eshtu ruupaayi beeku?
(f) nimma mane/ruumu elli ide?

IV. Translate the following sentence in Kannada. (any FOUR) 4X2=08

1. Kannada is the language of Karnataka.
2. My book is in my house.
3. We have two houses in Bangalore.
4. How much is this Pumpkin weighs?
5. I want two packets of biscuits.
6. How much do you pay rent for your room?
7. What else do you want?

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 3

 V. PɼÀV£ÀªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ºÉÆA¢¹ §gɬÄj. (Match the following) 1X4=04
1. ¤ÃªÀÅ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è 1.EzÉ
2. ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ ªÉÄÃf£À ªÉÄÃ¯É 2.eldest son
3. Jaaga-eÁUÀ 3.EwÃðj
4. Hiri maga 4.space

VI. (1) Change into interragative using the underlined word. (Any Three) 1X3=03

1. Ivattu guruvaara.
2. evattu hattanee taariku
3. Aval hesaru liila.
4. Avara maatrabhaashe telagu alla.
5. Vavige ippttaydu ruupaayei beeku.
6. Adu maalatiya mane.

(2) change into Interrogate. (Any THREE) 1X3=03

1.ºËzÀÄ, EzÀÄ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ.
2. DUÀ°, ºÉÆÃUÉÆÃt.
3. FUÀ MAzÀƪÀgÉ UÀAmÉ.
4. CªÀgÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §gÀÄvÁÛgÉ.
5. £Á« ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÉÆÃt.
6. CªÀgÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ°.

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ gÀZÀ£Á ¸À«Äw

 ¸ÀA¥ÁzÀQÃAiÀÄ ¸À«Äw:

1. ²æà n J¯ï gÀ«ÃAzÀæ, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÀPÁðj f.Dgï.L.¹.¦ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.

2. ²æà n. wªÀÄä¥Àà, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ(DAiÉÄÌ ±ÉæÃtÂ), AiÀiÁAwæPÀ «¨sÁUÀ, ¸ÀPÁðj ¥Á°mÉQßPï, vÀĪÀÄPÀÆgÀÄ.

 ¸À®ºÁ ¸À«ÄwAiÀÄ ¨ÁºÀå ¸ÀA¥À£ÀÆä® ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ.

1. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) r. ¥ÁAqÀÄgÀAUÀ ¨Á§Ä, PÀÄ®¸ÀaªÀgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.

2. ¥ÉÆ.æ (qÁ.) C±ÉÆÃPï PÀĪÀiÁgï gÀAdgÉ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ «¨sÁUÀ,
PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.
3. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) PÉ ªÉÊ £ÁgÁAiÀÄt ¸Áé«Ä, ¸ÀºÀ ¥ÁæzsÁ å¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÁßvÀPÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ «¨sÁUÀ ,
¸ÀPÁðj PÀ¯Á PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.
4. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) eÉ ¨Á®PÀȵÀÚ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ ºÁUÀÄ ªÀÄÄRå¸ÀÜgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À «¨sÁUÀ,
PÀȶ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, (fPÉ«PÉ) ºÉ¨Áâ¼À, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 4

 KARNATAKA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION, BENGALURU.
TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR KANNADA COURSE IN DIPLOMA PROGRAME
SEMESTER: III COMMON TO ALL DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES C-15 Curriculum
SL.N0 COURSE Teaching scheme Examination scheme
/QP CODE Contact hours

Department
COURSE NAME TH TU PR TOTAL Credit Exam End exam Maximum Minimum

Teaching
paper Max Min CIE Marks Marks for
duration marks marks passing.
in Hrs (IA+SA ) (IA + SA)
THEORY
1 KANNADA KALI-1 KA 15KA3NT 2 - - 2 2 - - - 50 20

2 TANTRIKA KA 15KA3KT 2 - - 2 2 - - - 50 20
KANNADA -1
CIE- Continuous Internal Examination: SEE-Semester End Examination: IA-Internal Assessment Tests: SA- Student Activity.
Note: 1. Candidates studied Kannada as one subject in 10th standard shall take Tantrika Kannada 1 &2. Others may take “Kannada Kali-1&2”.
2. In 3rd Semester- Assessment is only by CIE and no SEE. Average marks of three I A tests shall be rounded off to the next higher digit. Rubrics to
be devised appropriately to assess student activity.

KARNATAKA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION, BENGALURU.

TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR KANNADA COURSE IN DIPLOMA PROGRAME
SEMESTER: IV COMMON TO ALL DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES C-15 Curriculum
SL.N0 COURSE Teaching scheme Examination scheme
/QP CODE Contact hours
Department

COURSE NAME TH TU PR TOTAL Credit Exam Sem End Exam Maximum Minimum
Teaching

paper Max Min CIE Marks Marks for

duration Exam Passing passing.
in Hrs Marks Marks (IA+SA ) (IA + SA)
THEORY
1 KANNADA KALI-2 KA 15KA4NT 2 - - 2 2 2 50 20 - -

2 TANTRIKA KA 15KA4KT 2 - - 2 2 2 50 20 - -
KANNADA -2
CIE- Continuous Internal Examination: SEE-Semester End Examination: IA-Internal Assessment Tests: SA- Student Activity.
Note: In 4th Semester- Assessment is only by SEE and no CIE. To award diploma certificate, passing in Kannada course is mandatory. However
Kannada course is not included in the eligibility criteria for promotion to the higher semester.

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ r¥ÉÆèªÀiÁ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ Page 1

 r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁ-vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ-1 ( PÀ£ÀßqÀ §®èªÀjUÁV)
3£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï - vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ -1 ( ¸Á»vÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¨sÁµÁ P˱À®å ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ)
¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ
Course: Course Code:15KA3KT
vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ -1 (2016-17)
3rd No. of Credits:02 No. of teaching hours/week:02
Semester No. of teaching
hours/Semester:26

Mode of Assessment and Maximum Marks: 50 (CIE only)

Evaluation: Minimum Passing marks:20
Continuous Internal (IA Tests + Student activities)
Evaluation (CIE)only.
I.A Tests:30 Marks
(3 Tests)
Student activities:
20 Marks

¥ÀoÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀ ¥ÁoÀ ¥ÀoÀåzÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ/¯ÉÃRPÀgÀÄ/¥ÀæPÀluÉ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï

¨ÉÆÃzsÀ£ÁªÀ¢ü
UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
EwºÁ¸À 1 ‘¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw’- zÉÃ.eÉ.UË (£Álå ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw-zÉÃ.eÉ.UË) 02
¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw 2 £ÀªÀÄUÉ ¨ÉÃPÁVgÀĪÀ EAVèµï- PÀĪÉA¥ÀÄ 02
¥Àj¸ÀgÀ 3 D£É ºÀ¼ÀîzÀ°è ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄgÀÄ - © f J¯ï ¸Áé«Ä 02
QæÃqÉ/fêÀ£ÀPÀ¯É 4 ¸ÉÆïÉA§ÄzÀÄ C®à«gÁªÀÄ - £ÉëÄZÀAzÀæ 02
AiÀıÉÆÃUÁxÉ/ªÀåQÛavÀæt 5 §zÀÄPÀ£ÀÄß ¦æÃw¹zÉ ¸ÀAvÀ - JZï.Dgï.gÁªÀÄPÀȵÀÚ (PÀ¯ÁAgÀ 02
ªÀåQÛ avÀæ)
vÀAvÀæeÁÕ£À 6 ªÀÄAUÀ¼À£À CAUÀ¼ÀzÀ°è – eÉ.¨Á®PÀȵÀÚ 02
¨sÁµÁ P˱À®å 7 *ªÀiËTPÀ C©üªÀåQÛ: ¸ÀºÀd ¨sÁµÁ §¼ÀPÉ: 06
ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ .D±ÀÄ ¨sÁµÀt> ««zsÀ gÀZÀ£ÁvÀäPÀ/zÉÊ£ÀA¢£À §¼ÀPÉ ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ,
ªÀåQÛ, ¨sÁªÀ£ÉUÀ¼À ªÉÄïÉ.
MAzÀÄ ¸ÀtÚ KPÁAPÀ (5-10 ¤«ÄµÀ) £ÁlPÀ.
ªÀiÁzÀj ¸ÀAzÀ±Àð£À (£ÉêÀÄPÁwUÁV ¸ÀAzÀ±Àð£À)

°TvÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 8 «¸ÀÛgÀuÉ: £ÀÄrUÀlÄÖUÀ¼ÀÄ-¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß §¼À¹PÉÆAqÀÄ ¸ÀtÚ 06

ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À gÀZÀ£É
¥ÀAiÀiÁðAiÀÄ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß §gÉAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ(GzÁ:
§¼À¸ÀÄ=G¥ÀAiÉÆÃV¸ÀÄ, PÁAiÀÄÄ= ¤jÃQë¸ÀÄ,
aAw¸ÀÄ=AiÉÆÃa¸ÀÄ, PÀÆr¸ÀÄ«PÉ=¸ÉÃj¸ÀÄ«PÉ.......EvÁå¢)
DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ 02
MlÄÖ UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 26

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 1

 vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ-1
3£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁzÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀå ( PÀ£ÀßqÀ §®èªÀjUÁV)

1. ¥ÀoÀågÀZÀ£Á ¸À«Äw
2. ¤zÉÃð±ÀPÀgÀ ªÀÄÄ£ÀÄßr
3. ¥ÀoÀå gÀZÀ£Á ¸À«Äw ªÀiÁvÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ
4. ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ
¥Àj«r

UÀzÀå «ºÁgÀ
1. £Álå ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw (EwºÁ¸À) - zÉ.eÉ.UË
2. £ÀªÀÄUÉ ¨ÉÃPÁVgÀĪÀ EAVèµï (¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw) _ PÀĪÉA¥ÀÄ
3. ¸ÉÆïÉA§ÄzÀÄ C®à«gÁªÀÄ (QæÃqÉ/fêÀ£ÀPÀ¯É) - £ÉëÄZÀAzÀæ
4. D£É ºÀ¼ÀîzÀ°è ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄgÀÄ (¥Àj¸ÀgÀ) _ ©.f.J¯ï.¸Áé«Ä
5. §zÀÄPÀ£ÀÄß ¦æÃw¹zÀ ¸ÀAvÀ (AiÀıÉÆÃUÁxÉ/ªÀåQÛavÀæt) – JZï.Dgï.gÁªÀÄPÀȵÀÚ
6. ªÀÄAUÀ¼À£À CAUÀ¼ÀzÀ°è..... - qÁ:eÉ.¨Á®PÀȵÀÚ
¨sÁµÁ P˱À®å-ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
7. ªÀiËTPÀ C©üªÀåQÛ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
8. °TvÀ C©üªÀåQÛ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

Course outcome:
1. Developing listening and speaking skills.
2. Easy Interaction with peers.
3. Students can use the language at ease in daily life situations

¥ÀjÃPÉë ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À «zsÁ£À (3£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï)

¤gÀAvÀgÀ CAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À- Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) only.
PÀæ.¸ÀA. ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ «ªÀgÀ UÀjµÁ×APÀ GwÛÃtðvÉUÉ
PÀ¤µÁ×APÀ
01 DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ªÀÄÆgÀÄ DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ 30
(I A Tests) (¸ÀgÁ¸Àj CAPÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀjUÀt¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ)
02 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ P˱À¯Áå©üªÀÈ¢Ý ªÀÄÆgÀÄ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 20
ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ (vÁAwæPÀ ¥Àæ§AzsÀ/C±ÀĨsÁµÀt/ZÀZÉð/vÁAwæPÀ PÉëÃvÀæUÀ¼À°è£À
(Student Activities) C«µÁÌgÀUÀ¼À §UÉÎ «±ÉèõÀuÉ EvÁå¢.)
(¸ÀgÁ¸Àj CAPÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀjUÀt¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ)
MlÄÖ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 50 20

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 2

 ¸ÀÆZÀ£É:
¨sÁµÁ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ½UÁV vÀgÀUÀw ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼À ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀzÀ°è (vÀgÀUÀwAiÀÄ ¥ÀæUÀw¥ÀgÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À). UÁzÉUÀ¼À
«¸ÀÛgÀuÉ, £ÀÄrUÀlÄÖUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÀA¨sÁµÀuÉ ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀoÀåzÀ ¸Á»vÀå ¨sÁUÀzÀ ¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À ªÉÄÃ¯É ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛgÀ-
n¥Ààt ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ±À¨ÁÝxÀðzÀ°è §gÀĪÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ªÁPÀå gÀZÀ£É ªÀiÁr¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.

 ªÀiÁzÀj ¥Àæ±ÉߥÀwæPÉ
3£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï- vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ-1 (PÀ£ÀßqÀ§®è «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ)

¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ: 1.00 UÀAmÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:30

¸ÀÆZÀ£É: PɼÀV£À ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ ¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉUÀ¼À ¥ÀæPÁgÀ ªÁåPÀgÀtzÉÆõÀ«®èzÀAvÉ GvÀÛj¹.

****
1. F PɼÀV£À 04 ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ MAzÀÄ ¥ÀÆtð ªÁPÀåzÀ°è GvÀÛj¹. 1*4=04
(C) £Álå AiÀiÁªÁUÀ ºÀÄnÖPÉÆArvÀÄ?
(D) D£É ºÀ¼ÀîzÀ PÁr£À°è £Á¥ÀvÉÛAiÀiÁzÀ ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄgÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß w½¹.
(E) gÁµÀÖç¥ÀwAiÀiÁV DAiÉÄÌAiÀiÁzÁUÀ PÀ¯ÁA CªÀgÀÄ ªÉÆzÀ®Ä ºÉýzÀ ªÀiÁvÀÄUÀ¼ÉãÀÄ?
(F) ªÀÄAUÀ¼À£À CAUÀ¼À vÀ®Ä¦zÀ ªÉÆzÀ® CAvÀjPÀë £ËPÉ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ?
(G) ‘ºÀUÀ®ÄUÀ£À¸ÀÄ’ £ÀÄrUÀlÖ£ÀÄß §¼À¹ ¸ÀéAvÀ ªÁPÀåªÀ£ÀÄß gÀa¹.
(H) ‘¹»PÀ»’ eÉÆÃqÀÄ¥ÀzÀªÀ£ÀÄß MAzÀÄ ªÁPÀåzÀ°è §¼À¹.

2. PɼÀV£À AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉà £Á®Ä ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ PÀ¤µÀÖ LzÁgÀÄ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À°è GvÀÛj¹. 4*4=16

(1) PÀĪÉA¥ÀÄ CªÀgÀÄ EAVèµ ï PÀ°AiÀÄĪÀªÀgÀ£ÀÄß JµÀÄÖ «¨sÁUÀªÁV ºÉÃUÉ «AUÀr¹zÁÝgÉ?
(2) PÀ¯ÁA CªÀgÀ AiÀıÀ¹ì£À ªÀÄAvÀæUÀ¼ÉãÀÄ?
(3) UÁzÉUÀ¼À ªÀĺÀvÀéªÉãÀÄ? ¤ªÀÄUÉ UÉÆwÛgÀĪÀ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉà JgÀqÀÄ UÁzÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ºÉ¸Àj¹.
(4) ¸ÀAªÀºÀ£À ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è §¼À¸ÀĪÀ ¨sÁµÉ ºÉÃVgÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ?
(5) £ÉëÄZÀAzÀægÀ ‘¸Á«£ÀvÀÛ MAzÀÄ ºÉeÉÓ……’ PÀvÉ N¢zÀ ºÀÄqÀÄV vÀ£Àß ¸ÉÆð¤AzÀ ºÉÆgÀUÉ §AzÀzÀÄÝ ºÉÃUÉ?
(6) ¸ÀAzÀ±Àð£À JAzÀgÉãÀÄ? «ªÀj¹.

3. AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉ JgÀqÀÄ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛj¹. 2*5=10

(1) £ÁlåPÀ¯ÉAiÀÄ°è AiÀÄPÀëUÁ£À PÀ¯É ¥ÀæªÀÄÄRªÁzÀÄzÀÄ. EzÀgÀ ºÀÄlÄÖ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÁå¦Û §UÉÎ w½¹.
(2) ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀAiÀiÁ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå GzÉÝñÀUÀ¼ÉãÀÄ?
(3) ‘ªÀiÁ£À«ÃAiÀÄ ªÀiË®åUÀ¼ÀÄ’, CAvÀgÀeÁ® - JgÀqÀgÀ°è MAzÀPÉÌ ¸ÀĪÀiÁgÀÄ MAzÀÄ ¥ÀÄlzÀµÀÄÖ
¥Àæ§AzsÀ §gɬÄj.
(4) GzÉÆåÃUÀzÀ ¸ÀAzÀ±Àð£ÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀĪÁUÀ ªÀiÁrPÉƼÀî¨ÉÃPÁzÀ ¥ÀƪÀð¹zÀÞvÉUÀ¼ÉãÀÄ?.

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ gÀZÀ£Á ºÁUÀÄ ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ ¸À«Äw

 ¸ÀA¥ÁzÀQÃAiÀÄ ¸À«Äw:

1. ²æà n J¯ï gÀ«ÃAzÀæ, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÀPÁðj f.Dgï.L.¹.¦ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.

2. ²æà n. wªÀÄä¥Àà, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ(DAiÉÄÌ ±ÉæÃtÂ), AiÀiÁAwæPÀ «¨sÁUÀ, ¸ÀPÁðj ¥Á°mÉQßPï, vÀĪÀÄPÀÆgÀÄ.

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 3

  ¸À®ºÁ ¸À«ÄwAiÀÄ ¨ÁºÀå ¸ÀA¥À£ÀÆä® ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ.

1. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) r. ¥ÁAqÀÄgÀAUÀ ¨Á§Ä, PÀÄ®¸ÀaªÀgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.

2. ¥ÉÆ.æ (qÁ.) C±ÉÆÃPï PÀĪÀiÁgï gÀAdgÉ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ «¨sÁUÀ,
PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.
3. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) PÉ ªÉÊ £ÁgÁAiÀÄt ¸Áé«Ä, ¸ÀºÀ ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÁßvÀPÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ «¨sÁUÀ,
¸ÀPÁðj PÀ¯Á PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.
4. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) eÉ ¨Á®PÀȵÀÚ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ ºÁUÀÄ ªÀÄÄRå¸ÀÜgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À «¨sÁUÀ,
PÀȶ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, (fPÉ«PÉ) ºÉ¨Áâ¼À, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 4

Course Title: Fluid Power Transmission And Control
Course Code: 15AT41T
Systems
Credits (L:T:P) : 4:0:0 Core/ Elective: Core
Type of course: Lectures Total Contact Hours: 52
CIE-25 Marks SEE- 100 Marks

Prerequisites:

Basic knowledge of subjects studied in the previous semesters.

Course Objectives:

To know the concepts of hydraulics & pneumatics, components of hydraulic and pneumatic
circuits and applications of hydraulics and pneumatics in automobiles.

On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain CO'S:

CL Linked Teaching
Course Outcome PO Hrs
Understand the purpose and applications of
CO1 R/U/A 1,2,3,10 04
fluid power systems in Automobiles.
Explain functions, types, construction and
working of different types of valves and R/U 1,2,10 12
CO2 actuators.
Understand purpose, types construction and
working of different components of different R/U 1,2,10 12
CO3 hydraulic circuits.
Explain purpose, applications, types,
construction and working of different R/U/A 1,2,3,10 9
CO4 components of pneumatic system.
Explain purpose, types, construction and
working and maintenance of different R/U/A 1,2,3,10 9
C05 components of different pneumatic system.
Explain the merits of combination circuits by
understanding the construction and working of R/U/A 1,2,3,10 06
CO6 these systems.

Total sessions 52

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT41T Page 1

COURSE-PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX

Course Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Fluid power
transmission and 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3
control
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

COURSE CONTENT AND BLUE PRINT OF MARKS FOR SEE

Unit Hour Questions to be set Marks weightage
No Unit Name (%)

R U A

I Introduction 04 5 5 6.9
II Valves and Actuators 12 30 5 24.1
III Design of Hydraulic Circuits 12 5 30 24.1

IV Pneumatic systems 9 5 15 5 17.2

Design of Pneumatic 5 15 5 17.2
V 9
Circuits
VI Combination Circuits 06 15 10.4
Total 52 145 100

Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application

Course Delivery:

The course will be delivered through lectures, presentations and classroom discussions.

Course Content:

UNIT I
INTRODUCTION 04 hr
Fluid power engineering – definition - importance - areas of application, application in
automobiles, fluid-definition- properties, Pascal Law with illustrations, transmission of power
- methods, fluid system – types –hydraulics – pneumatics - block diagrams.
UNIT II
VALVES AND ACTUATORS 12 hr
valves – functions – types – lifting type – sliding/rotary type – poppet – ball – flap – disc –
spool valves, requirements - pressure control valve - pressure relief valve – pressure (counter)

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT41T Page 2

balance valve - pressure reducing valves, directional control valves - 2/2 - 3/2 - 4/2 - 5/2 - 5/3,
control of valves – manual – mechanical - hydraulic – pneumatic - electro pneumatic,
combination valves - hydro pneumatic – electro hydraulic - electro pneumatic, flow control
valve, non return/check valves, pilot operated sequence valve.
Actuators –functions, types, cylinder type-ram type, and piston type- single acting cylinder-
double acting cylinder- Rotary actuators- Gear- vane- piston- Unidirectional – Bidirectional
actuators.

UNIT III
DESIGN OF HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS 12 hr
Hydraulics - definition, properties of hydraulic fluids, pumps - necessity - classification,
construction and working of - external gear, lobe, Vane pumps, Piston-radial pumps,
Reservoir, Accumulators-weight loaded- spring loaded- gas loaded, Intensifier, pressure
switches, pressure regulators.
Hydraulic Circuits-Hydraulic symbols, Port markings- ports and positions, Basic hydraulic
circuits- Meter in circuits- Meter out circuits- Bleed off circuits - Accumulator circuits -
Regenerative circuits-pressure reducing circuits, Maintenance of hydraulic system- common
faults - visual checks of oil- causes of contamination- preventive measures - maintenance
schedule.
Hydraulic circuits of systems used in automotive-hydraulic brake-clutch- shock absorber -
hydraulic power steering.

UNIT IV
PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS 09hr
Pneumatics – definition - importance - areas of Applications, automotive applications.
properties of air, humidity, Pneumatic Components - Air compressors-necessity-types-
reciprocating-diaphragm-vane compressor, requirement of multi stage compressors,
reservoirs- functions of reservoirs, air filter - screen type - bowl type, pressure regulators –
diaphragm type, lubricator, FRL unit.
Air motors- piston motor, gear motor, sliding vane motor

UNIT V
DESIGN OF PNEUMATIC CIRCUITS 09hr
Pneumatic Symbols, Basic pneumatic circuit -control of double acting cylinder using 4/2
DCV-pilot controlled double acting cylinder 4/2 DCV - speed control circuit for a double
acting cylinder - semi-automatic material handling circuit - time delay circuit, pneumatic tool
circuit. Maintenance of pneumatic systems - common faults - preventive measures -
maintenance schedule.

UNIT VI
COMBINATION CIRCUITS 06hr
Combination circuit - advantages - hydro pneumatic circuits - air over oil circuit- air over oil
intensifier circuit - mechanical hydraulic servo system- electro hydraulic servo system,
comparison of hydraulic - pneumatic and hydro pneumatic systems - power steering circuit -
power brake circuit - hoist circuit.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT41T Page 3

Resources
Reference books

Sl no Title of book author publisher

1 Hydraulic and Pneumatic Controls K.Shanmuga.Sundaram S.Chand & Co

2 Pneumatic Systems S.R.Majumdar Tata McGrawhill

3 Pneumatic Controls Joji P Wiley India Pvt Ltd

4 Fluid Power with Applications Anthony Esposito Pearson india

Jaico publishing
5 Hydraulics & Pneumatics Andrew Parr
house
A Alavudeen
Fluid Power Transmission & Charotor Publisher
6 Khalid Hussain Syed
Control Anand-388001
N Shanmugum
Web links:-

Pascal’s Law Demo

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VxLTDtaRCZk
Basic Hydraulic System
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KgphO-u7MlQ
Valves
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3RAxRed7QuE
Spool Valve
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dnVjKV74sAQ
Hydraulic Lifters
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lorANZ1Tptw
4/2 Directional Control Valves
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XOYqnLWCYEc
Pressure Regulating Valve
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sFAYW_D3G_g
Pilot Operated Pressure Relief Valve
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q5NV2gBsryk
Pressure Relief Valve Working
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DAqnpaHf2Qs
Pressure Reducing Valve
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YgnwuTJB-wc&list=PL9DA65D90A4561300
Mechanicl Control Valve
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HJRE5EfTPcU
Non Return/Check Valve

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT41T Page 4

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=C-8FKgxSg68
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=StHAmZpDHi0
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XAItnsUcES0&list=PLDaXKeQT8i0-
ojLE8MMzWQXp1HfeJMqc1
Pumps
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KM3ivQL6W6w
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bdib6XwxNuc
Gear Pump
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c6gwU7IHtlo
Vane Pump
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BnvzPoNSXCg
Lobe Pump
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vE7y0ElIrgk
Actuators
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cScz67tWqCY
Radial Piston Pump
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a58zzqfF5N0
Air Compressors
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ue7BkzBARXw
FRL Unit
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zPT0YDERfy4

Student Activities to be performed to award five marks in continuous internal

evaluation:
Visit any service centres /workshop/ construction company / earth moving vehicle showroom
and

1. Prepare a report with materials and manufacturing process of different types of

hydraulic valves, pumps and actuators used in earth moving/ construction vehicles.

2. Prepare a report on different types of pneumatic compressors, motors, filters,

regulators and lubricators in earth moving and construction vehicles.

3. Draw hydraulic circuits used in Automobile's, construction vehicles and garage

equipment/machines.

4. Draw pneumatic circuits used in Automobile's, construction vehicles and garage

equipment/machines.

Note:

1. Student should prepare a report on any one of the above/similar activity, which
helps in achieving above course outcomes.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT41T Page 5

 2. The report prepared should be approved by the concerned staff and HOD.
3. The activity group should consist of maximum of three students.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT41T Page 6

MODEL OF RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY

Note: The dimensions given in below table are representatives; lecturer has to design/decide the dimensions based on the activity given.

Dimension Scale Students Score

Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary 5marks 1 2 3 4 5
1marks 2marks 3marks 4marks

1. Research and gather Does not collect Collects very Collects basic Collects more Collects a great 1
information information relate limited information, most information, most deals of
to topic information, some refer to the topic refer to the topic information, all
relate to topic refer to the topic

2.Full fills teams roles Does not perform Performs very Performs nearly all Performs almost Performs all duties 2
and duties any duties little duties duties all duties of assigned team
assigned to the roles
team role

3.Shares work equally Always relies on Rarely does the Usually does the Always does the Always does the 3
others to do the assigned work, assigned work, assigned work, assigned work,
work often needs rarely needs rarely needs without needing
reminding reminding reminding. reminding

4. listen to other team Is always talking, Usually does most Listens, but Listens and talks a Listens and talks a 4
mates never allows of the talking, sometimes talk too little more than fare amount
anyone to else to rarely allows much, needed.
speak others to speak

Grand Average/Total=1+2+3+4/4=10/4=2.5=3 3

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT32T Page 7

Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme:

When/Where
Method

Max Evidence Course

What To whom (Frequency in
Marks collected outcomes
the course)

Three IA Tests;
Direct Assessment

CIE(Continuous (Average of 20 Blue books 1,2,3,4,5,6

IA
Internal three Tests)
Evaluation)
Students
Activity
Activity 05 1,2,3,4,5,6
reports
SEE ( Semester
End End of the Answer
End 100 1,2,3,4,5,6
Exam course scripts at BTE
Examination)

1,2 &3
Middle of the Feedback
Student Feedback on course Delivery of
course forms
course
Indirect Assessment

Students
1,2,3,4,5&6
Questionnaires

Effectiveness of
End of the Delivery of
End of Course Survey
course instructions &
Assessment
Methods

*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination

Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be rounded off
to the next higher digit.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT41T Page 8

 FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE)
Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks

Ex: I test/6 th weak of I/II SEM

20
sem 10-11 Am
Year:
Name of Course coordinator : Units:__
CO’s:____

Question
Question MARKS CL CO PO
no
1
2
3
4

Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).

MODEL QUESTION PAPER (CIE)

Note: The lecturer has to fallow the question paper blue print given in above table to
prepare CIE question paper also.
Test/Date and
Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Time
Fluid power transmission and
Ex: I test/6 th week IV semester
control 20
of sem 10-11 Am
Year: 2015-16 Course code:15AT41T
Name of Course coordinator :
Units:1,2 Co: 1,2

Note: Answer all questions

Question
Question CL CO PO
no
1 Classify the valves based on their function. 5marks A 1 1,2,3,10
2 List the applications of fluid power engineering in U 1 1,2,10
industries. 5marks
Or
Explain Pascal’s law with example. 5marks
3 Explain the construction and working of poppet valve with U 2 1,2,10
a neat sketch. 10marks
Or
Explain working of bidirectional actuator with a neat
sketch. 10marks

LEGEND: R; REMEMBER, U: UNDERSTAND A: APPLICATION

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT41T Page 9

 MODEL QUESTION BANK

CO1:Understand the purpose and applications of fluid power systems in Automobiles.

FIVE MARK QUESTIONS

1. Explain fluid power engineering. (U)

2. Mention the importance of fluid power engineering in industries. (A)
3. List the applications of fluid power engineering in industries. (A)
4. List the applications of fluid power engineering in automobiles. (A)
5. Explain Pascal’s law with example. (U)
6. Explain power transmission methods. (U)
7. Sketch block diagram of hydraulic system and label the parts. (U)
8. Sketch block diagram of pneumatic system and label the parts (U).

TEN MARK QUESTIONS

1. Explain the properties of fluids. (U)

2. List and mention the functions of hydraulic system components with block
diagram. (R)
3. List and mention the functions of pneumatic system components with block
diagram. (R)

CO2: Explain functions, types, construction and working of different types of valves and
actuators.

FIVE MARK QUESTIONS

1. Write the functions of valves. (A)
2. Classify the valves by construction. (A)
3. Classify the valves by function. (A)
4. Draw a neat sketch of poppet valve and label the parts. (U)
5. Draw a neat sketch of ball valve and label the parts. (U)
6. Draw a neat sketch of flap valve and label the parts. (U)
7. Draw a neat sketch of rotary disc valve and label the parts. (U)
8. Draw a neat sketch of rotary spool valve and label the parts.(U)
9. Draw a neat sketch of sliding spool valve and label the parts. (U)
10. Draw a neat sketch of pressure control valve and label the parts. (U)
11. Draw a neat sketch of pressure relief valve and label the parts. (U).
12. Draw a neat sketch of pressure reducing valve and label the parts. (U).
13. Draw a neat sketch of pressure balance valve and label the parts. (U)
14. List the different methods used to control the valve .(R)
15. Define the actuator and write the classification of actuators. (R/A)

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT41T Page 10

 TEN MARK QUESTIONS

1. Explain the construction and working of poppet valve with a neat sketch. (U)
2. Explain the construction and working of ball valve with a neat sketch. (U)
3. Explain the construction and working of flap valve with a neat sketch. (U)
4. Explain the construction and working of rotary disc valve with a neat sketch.
(U)
5. Explain the construction and working of rotary spool valve with a neat sketch.
(U)
6. Explain the construction and working of sliding spool valve with a neat sketch.
(U)
7. Explain working of pressure control valve with a neat sketch .(U)
8. Explain working of pressure relief valve with a neat sketch. (U)
9. Explain working of pressure reducing valve with a neat sketch. (U).
10. Explain working of pressure balance valve with a neat sketch. U)
11. Explain working of 2/2 direction control valve with a neat sketch. (U)
12. Explain working of 3/2 direction control valve with a neat sketch. (U)
13. Explain working of 4/2 direction control valve with a neat sketch. (U)
14. Explain working of 5/2 direction control valve with a neat sketch. (U)
15. Explain working of 5/3 direction control valve with a neat sketch. (U)
16. Explain working manually controlled valve with a neat sketch. (U)
17. Explain working mechanically controlled valve with a neat sketch. (U)
18. Explain working hydraulically controlled valve with a neat sketch. (U)
19. Explain working pneumatically controlled valve with a neat sketch. (U)
20. Explain working hydro pneumatically controlled valve with a neat sketch. (U)
21. Explain working electro hydraulically controlled valve with a neat sketch. (U)
22. Explain working electro pneumatically controlled valve with a neat sketch.(U)
23. Explain working flow control valve with a neat sketch. (U)
24. Explain working non-return control valve with a neat sketch. (U)
25. Explain working non-return/check control valve with a neat sketch.(U)
26. Explain working pilot operated sequence valve with a neat sketch. (U)
27. Explain actuator and write the classification of actuators. (U)
28. Explain working of single acting actuator with a neat sketch. (U)
29. Explain working of double acting actuator with a neat sketch. (U)
30. Explain working of rotary/gear actuator with a neat sketch. (U)
31. Explain working of bidirectional actuator with a neat sketch. (U)

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT41T Page 11

 CO3:Explain purpose, applications, types, construction and working of different
components of pneumatic system.

FIVE MARK QUESTIONS

1. Explain hydraulics and its applications. (U)

2. Write the requirements of hydraulic fluids? (A)
3. Write the classification of hydraulic pumps. (A)
4. Draw hydraulic system components symbol for: –
Pumps unidirectional, bidirectional-hydraulic flow line-reservoir vented-fixed
restriction flow-single acting cylinder-double acting cylinder-electric motor-
accumulators spring loaded, gas loaded-filter-heater-cooler-intensifier-check
valve-shut off valve-pressure relief valve-lever operated valve. (U)

5. Explain the importance of hydraulic accumulators. (A)

6. Explain working of spring loaded accumulator with a neat sketch. (U)
7. Explain working of gas loaded accumulator with a neat sketch. (U)
8. Explain construction of hydraulic reservoir with a neat sketch. (U)
9. Explain the symbolic method of ports and position marking. (U)
10. List the common faults in hydraulic system. (A)
11. Explain the visual check procedure of oil. (U)
12. Write the causes for contamination of oil. (A)
13. List the preventive measures of hydraulic system. (R)
14. Write maintenance schedule of hydraulic system. (U)

TEN MARK QUESTIONS

4. Explain working of gear pump with a neat sketch. (U)

5. Explain working of vane pump with a neat sketch. (U)
6. Explain working of lobe pump with a neat sketch. (U)
7. Explain working of Piston-radial pump with a neat sketch. (U)
8. Explain working of hydraulic intensifier with a neat sketch .(U)
9. Explain the symbolic method of ports and position marking. (U)
10. Explain working of meter in circuit. (U)
11. Explain working of meter out circuit. (U)
12. Explain working of bleed-off circuit. (U)
13. Explain working of accumulator circuit. (U)
14. Explain working of regenerative circuit. (U)
15. Explain working of pressure reducing valve circuit. (U)
16. Draw hydraulic brake system circuit of an automobile and label the parts. (U)
17. Draw hydraulic clutch system circuit of an automobile and label the parts. (U)
18. Draw hydraulic steering system circuit of an automobile and label the parts.
(U)
19. Draw hydraulic shock absorber circuit of an automobile and label the parts.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT41T Page 12

CO4:Explain purpose, applications, types, construction and working of different
components of pneumatic system.

FIVE MARK QUESTIONS

1. Explain pneumatics and mention its importance. (U)

2. List the different areas of applications of pneumatics in industries. (R)
3. List the different applications of pneumatics in automobiles. (A)
4. Explain humidity. (U)
5. Write the classification of air compressors. (A)
6. Mention the need for multi stage compressor. (A)
7. Explain the functions of air reservoir. (A)
8. Explain the functions of air lubricator. (A)
9. Explain working of FRL and write its symbolic representation. (U)

TEN MARK QUESTIONS

1. Explain properties of air. (U)

2. Explain working of reciprocating type air compressor with a neat sketch. (U)
3. Explain working of diaphragm type air compressor with a neat sketch. (U)
4. Explain working of vane type air compressor with a neat sketch. (U)
5. Explain the construction of air reservoir with a neat sketch. (U)
6. Explain working of screen type air filter with a neat sketch. (U)
7. Explain working of bowl type air filter with a neat sketch. (U)
8. Explain working of diaphragm type pressure regulator with a neat sketch. (U)
9. Explain working of air lubricator with a neat sketch.(U)
10. Explain working of piston motor with a neat sketch. (U)
11. Explain working of gear motor with a neat sketch. (U).
12. Explain working of vane motor with a neat sketch. (U)

CO5: Explain purpose ,types, construction and working and maintenance of different
components of different pneumatic system.

FIVE MARK QUESTIONS

1. Draw Pneumatic system components symbols for: –

Air compressor - air motor – single acting cylinder – 2/2 valve - 3/2 valve -4/2
valve -5/2 valve – 5/3 valve – non return valve – pressure intensifier –
adjustable flow control – silencer – accumulator – filter – water separator –
lubricator – push button control. (R)
2. Draw a basic pneumatic circuit and label the components. (U)
3. List the common faults in pneumatic system.(R)
4. List the preventive measures of pneumatic system. (A)
5. Write maintenance schedule of pneumatic system. (U)

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT41T Page 13

 TEN MARK QUESTIONS

1. Explain control of double acting cylinder using 4/2 DCV with circuit diagram. (U)
2. Explain pilot controlled double acting cylinder using 4/2 DCV with circuit diagram.
(U)
3. Explain speed control circuit of double acting cylinder (U)
4. Explain semiautomatic material handling circuit. (U)
5. Explain time delay circuit. (U)
6. Explain pneumatic tools circuit. (U)

CO6:Explain the merits of combination circuits by understanding the construction and

working of these systems.

FIVE MARK QUESTIONS

1. List the advantages of combined system. (A)

2. List different combined systems with examples. (R)
3. Compare features of hydraulic and pneumatic system. (A)
4. Design power steering circuit of automobile. (hydraulic/Electric) (A)
5. Design power brake circuit of automobile. (A)
6. Design service station hoist circuit of automobile. (A)

TEN MARK QUESTIONS

1. Explain working of air over oil system with circuit diagram. (U)
2. Explain working of air over oil intensifier circuit with circuit diagram. (U)
3. Explain working of mechanical hydraulic servo system with circuit diagram.
(U)
4. Explain working of electro hydraulic servo system with circuit diagram. (U)

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT41T Page 14

MODEL QUESTION PAPER Code: 15AT41T
IV- Semester Diploma Examination
FLUID POWER TRANSMISSION AND CONTROL
Time: 3 Hours] [Max Marks: 100
Note: Answer any SIX from Part A and any SEVEN from Part B
Section A

1. Explain Pascal’s law with examples .

2. Mention the importance of fluid power engineering in Industries.
3. Draw a neat sketch of poppet valve and label the parts.
4. Define the actuator and write the classification of actuators
5. Explain working of gas loaded accumulator with a sketch.
6. Explain the visual check procedure of oil.
7. Write the classification of air comparisons.
8. Write the maintenance schedule of pneumatic system.
9. List the common faults in pneumatic system

Section B

1. Explain working of 3/2 direction control valve with a neat sketch.

2. Explain working of bidirectional actuator with a neat sketch.
3. a. Write the functions of valves. 5marks
b. Draw the symbols for fallowing hydraulic components. 5marks
ß Unidirectional pump.
ß Double acting cylinder
4. Explain working of gear pump with a sketch.
5. Explain working of regenerative circuit.
6. a. List the different areas of applications of pneumatics. 5marks
7. b. Explain working of FRL unit. 5marks
8. Explain the working of air lubricator with a neat sketch.
9. a. Draw a basic pneumatic system and label the components. 5marks
10. b. Design power steering circuit of automobile. 5marks
11. Explain the speed control circuits of double acting cylinder.
12. Design circuit diagram of mechanical hydraulic servo system and explain its working.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT41T Page 15

 Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bangalore

Course Title: MECHANICS OF MACHINES

Course Code:
Scheme (L:T:P) : 4:0:0 Total Contact Hours: 52
15ME32T
Type of Course: Lectures, Core/ Elective:
Credit :04
Self Study & Quiz Core
CIE- 25 Marks SEE- 100 Marks
Prerequisites: Knowledge of basic mathematics and Applied Science, Engineering Graphics

Course Objectives:

1. To provide basic concept of kinematics and kinetics of machine elements.

2. To study basics of power transmission.
3. To study the effect of friction.
4. To Study the essentiality of balancing.
5. To acquaint with working principles of CAM Mechanism.
6. To study the different types of vibration and to understand critical speed of shaft
Course Outcomes:

On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain CO:
CL Linked Teaching Hrs
Course Outcome PO

Analyze and Apply the knowledge of

these machines, mechanisms and
related terminologies in mechanical R/U/A/A 1,2,3,4,5,6 10
engineering science in maintaining n 10
CO1 sustainable environment and its
impact on society
Select appropriate power transmission 1,2,3,4,5,6
CO2 mechanisms R/U/A 11
10
Analyze the effect of friction on 1,2,3,4,5,6,
machine elements U/A/An 10 10
CO3
Appreciate the essentiality of U/A 07
balancing in Rotating Parts.. 1,2,3,4,5,6
CO4 10
CO5 Construct CAM profile for the R/U/A 1,2,3,4,5,6 10
specific follower motion 10
CO6 Understand the Terminology and R/U 1,2, 10 04
types associated with vibration in
machine elements

Total sessions 52
Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME32T

COURSE-PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX

Course Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MECHANICS OF
3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3
MACHINES
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

COURSE CONTENT AND BLUE PRINT OF MARKS FOR SEE/

Unit Hour Questions to be Marks weightage
No Unit Name set for weightage (%)
SEE/Marks

R U A

1
BASIC KINEMATICS 10 5 5 20 30 21

TRANSMISSION OF 11 5 5 20 30 21
2 POWER

3
FRICTION 10 5 20 25 17

4
BALANCING 07 -- 10 10 20 14

5 CAM MECHANISAMS 10 5 5 20 30 21

MECHANICAL 04 5 5 -- 10 06
6 VIBRATIONS

Total 52 20 35 90 145 100

Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application

UNITI: BASIC KINEMATICS 10Hrs

Definition-Kinematic link or element-Types of links-Kinematic pair–Types-Types of
constrained Motions- Kinematic chain- Definition of Machine, Structure and Mechanism-
Difference between Machine and Structure ,Mechanism-Inversions-Types of Kinematic
Chains-Four Bar Chain- Beam Engine-Coupling Rod of Locomotive-Single Slider Crank
Chain- Pendulum Pump-Crank and Slotted Lever Quick Return Motion Mechanism-Double
Slider Crank Chain-Elliptical trammel-Scotch yoke mechanism-Oldham’s coupling.

UNTII: TRANSMISSION OF POWER 11Hrs

Belt Drives-types of flat belt drives-open, cross, idler pulley, compound, cone pulley and fast
and loose pulley. Velocity Ratio, Slip and creep of belt, length of belt, Ratio of driving
Tensions, Centrifugal Tension and Initial Tension-Power Transmitted by belts (Flat and V-
Belt) and ropes- Maximum power transmitted by belt (without proof)-Problems on belt
drives-Introduction to Gears - Classification of Gears-Spur Gear Terminology-Problems on
2

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME32T

gears –(centre distance only) Introduction to Gear Trains-Types of Gear trains –Simple,
Compound, Reverted and Epicyclic gear trains- Problems on Gear Trains

UNITIII: FRICTION 10Hrs

Friction-Introduction-Types of Friction, Laws of solid friction, coefficient of friction, limiting

angle of friction, angle of Repose -Friction in Journal Bearing-Power Transmission in the
Journal bearing-Friction in Thrust Bearing-Pivot Bearing– Flat and Conical bearing-Collar
Bearing –Problems on bearings (Assuming uniform pressure theory)- Friction in Clutches-
Single Disc Clutch- Multiple Disc Clutch- Problems on clutches (Assuming uniform wear
theory)-Introduction to Brakes-Internal Expanding Brake (Mechanical & Hydraulic).

UNIT IV:BALANCING 07 Hrs

Introduction-Static and Dynamic balancing-Balancing of single rotating massby a single mass
rotating in the same plane -Balancing of several masses rotating in the same plane-Problems
on above (Analytical and Graphical methods).

UNIT V: CAM MECHANISAMS 10Hrs

Cams-Introduction-Classification of followers and cams-Terminology of cam- Displacement
diagram for the following Motion of follower-Uniform velocity -Simple Harmonic Motion
(SHM)-Uniform Acceleration and Retardation Motion (UARM),Cam profile construction for
Knife edge follower and Roller follower.

UNIT VI: MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS 04Hrs

Introduction- Terms used in Vibrations-Types of Vibrations-Free Vibrations- Forced

Vibrations-Damped Vibrations-Types of Free Vibrations- Longitudinal, Transverse and
Torsional- Critical or Whirling speed of a shaft.

® TEXT BOOKS
1. Rattan.S.S, “Theory of Machines”, Tata McGraw -Hill Publishers, New Delhi,
2009.
2. Khurmi R S, Guptha J.K “Theory of machines ”, 5 Edition, S.Chand and company
,Delhi ISBN 81-219-2524-X

REFERENCES
1. Thomas Bevan, “Theory of Machines”, CBS Publishers and Distributors, 3rd
Edition, 2005.
2. Ramamurti,V., “Mechanism and Machine Theory”, 2nd Edition, Narosa Publishing
House,2005.
3. Ghosh.A and A.K.Mallick, “Theory of Mechanisms and Machines”, Affiliated
East- WestPrivate Limited, New Delhi, 1998.
4. Rao.J.S and Dukkipati R.V, “Mechanism and Machine Theory”, Wiley-Eastern
Limited,New Delhi, 1992.
3

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME32T

LIST OF SOFTWARES/ LEARNING WEBSITES:
1. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?subjectId=112104121
2. http://www.technologystudent.com/gears1/gears7.htm
3. http://kmoddl.library.cornell.edu/model.php?m=20http://www3.ul.ie/~kirwanp/whatisaca
mandfollowersyste.htm
4. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-
Delhi/Kinematics%20of%20Machine/index.htm
5. http://elearning.vtu.ac.in/12/enotes/Des_Mac-Ele2/Unit6-RK.pdf
6. www.tecquipment.com/Theory_of_Machines.aspx
7. www.researchgate.net/.../0094-114X_Mechanism_and_Machine_Theory
8. www.journals.elsevier.com/mechanism-and-machine-theory/
9. www.iftomm.org/
10. www.wiziq.com/online-tests/44047-mechanical-theory-of-machine
11. www.cs.ubc.ca/~murphyk/Teaching/CS340-Fall07/infoTheory.pdf

SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITYS

Note: the following activities or similar activities for assessing CIE (IA) for 5 marks (Any one)
∑ Each student should do any one of the following type activity or similar activity
related to the course and before take up, get it approved from concerned Teacher and
HOD.
∑ Each student should conduct different activity and no repeating should occur

1 List the mechanisms which you are using in your day to day life. Sketch any three from
these. Study and submit handwritten report of 500 words
2 Take a photo of a actual kinematic mechanism used in an automobile, study and
submit handwritten report of 500 words
3 Analyse the effect of friction in real situation and submit handwritten report of 500
words
2 List the mechanism used in a typical car. study and submit handwritten report of 500
words
3 Identify and measure the dimensions of Flywheel used in automobile. study and submit
handwritten report of 500 words
4 Identify the type of clutches and cams used in different automobiles and also the type of
brakes in automobile and bicycle. study and submit handwritten report of 500 words
5 Visit the market and collect the data of items which are used in any mechanisms. Data
includes specifications, cost, applications, etc. Also name the mechanism/s in which such
item/s is/are use .Study and submit handwritten report of 500 words

Course Delivery
∑ The course will be delivered through lectures and Power point presentations/ Video
∑ Teachers can prepare or download PPT of different topics on Mechanisms usage in
mechanical engineering application.
∑ Motivate student to take case study on kinematics, power transmission and to
inculcate him for self and continuous learning.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME32T

 ∑ MODEL OF RUBRICS /CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY

RUBRICS FOR ACTIVITY( 5 Marks)

Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary Student

Dimension
Score
1 2 3 4 5
Collects very Collect much Collects Collects a Ex:
Does not collect
limited information; some basic great deal of
Collection any information
information; but very information; information; 4
of data relating to the
some relate to limited relate most refer to all refer to
topic
the topic to the topic the topic the topic
Does not perform Performs all
Fulfil Performs very Performs
any duties Performs very duties of
team’s roles little duties but nearly all 5
assigned to the little duties assigned
& duties unreliable. duties
team role team roles

Rarely does Usually does Always does

Normally
Shares Always relies on the assigned the assigned the assigned 3
does the
work others to do the work; often work; rarely work without
assigned
equally work needs needs having to be
work
reminding reminding reminded.

Usually does Talks good;

Is always talking; Listens, but
Listen to most of the but never Listens and 2
never allows sometimes
other Team talking; rarely show interest speaks a fair
anyone else to talk too
mates allows others in listening amount
speak much
to speak others

Average / Total marks=(4+5+3+2)/4=14/4=3.5=4

Note: This is only an example. Appropriate rubrics/criteria may be devised by the concerned faculty (Course
Coordinator) for assessing the given activity.
Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme:
What To When/Where Max Evidence Course outcomes
who (Frequency in the Marks collected
m course)
Direct CIE IA Three IA tests
Assessment (Average of three
20 Blue books 1,2,3,4,5,6
tests will be
Students

computed)
Student activities 05 Activity sheets 1,2,3,4,5,6
SEE End End of the course Answer scripts
100 1,2,3,4,5,6
Exam at BTE
Indirect Student Middle of the
1 & 2,3 Delivery
Assessment Feedback on course Feedback forms
of course
course
Students

End of End of the course 1,2,3,4,5,6

Course Effectiveness of
Survey Delivery of
Questionnaires
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be rounded off
to the next higher digit.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME32T

 Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of
semester
1. Blue books ( 20 marks)
2. Student suggested activities report for 5 marks and should be assessed on RUBRICS
3. Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions &
Assessment Methods.
FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE)
Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks

Ex: I test/6 th weak of I/II SEM

20
sem 10-11 Am
Year:
Name of Course coordinator : Units:__
CO’s:____

Question
Question MARKS CL CO PO
no
1
2
3
4
Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).

MODEL QUESTION PAPER (CIE)

Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks

MECHANICS OF MACHINES
Ex: I test/6 th weak of IVSEM
15ME41T 20
sem 10-11 Am
Year: 2016-17 Course code:15ME41T
Name of Course coordinator : Units:1,2 Co: 1,2
Note: Answer all questions
Question
Question MARKS CL CO PO
no
1 Explain lower pair and higher pairs 05 U 1 1,2,3,4,
5,6,10
2 List the different types of constraint motion Explain any one. 05 R 1 1,2,3,4,
5,6,10
3 A shaft rotating at 200 r.p.m. drives another shaft at 300 r.p.m. 10 A 2 1,2,3,4,
and transmits 6 kW through a belt. The belt is 100 mm wide 5,6,10
and 10 mm thick. The distance between the shafts is 4m.The
smaller pulley is 0.5 m in diameter. Calculate the stress in the
belt, if it is an open belt drive, Take μ = 0.3.
OR
Two parallel shafts are to be connected by spur gearing. The
approximate distance between the shafts is 600 mm. If one
shaft runs at 120 r.p.m. and the other at 360 r.p.m., Calculate
the number of teeth on each wheel, if the module is 8 mm.
Also determine the exact distance apart of the shafts.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME32T

 MODEL QUESTION PAPER
IV- Semester Diploma Examination
Course Title: MECHANICS OF MACHINES

Time: 3 Hours] [Max Marks: 100

Note: Answer any SIX from Part A and any SEVEN from Part B

PART-A 6x5=30 marks

1. List the different types of constraint motion Explain any one.

2. Explain with a neat sketch bull engine.
3. Explain open belt and cross belt drives.
4. Calculate the power transmitted by a belt running over a pulley of 600 mm diameter at 200 r.p.m.
The coefficient of friction between the belt and the pulley is 0.25, angle of lap is 160° and
maximum tension in the belt is 2500 N.
5. State the laws of solid friction.
6. Explain the method of balancing of different masses revolving in the same plane.
7. Explain clearly the terms ‘static balancing’ and ‘dynamic balancing’.
8. Construct the displacement and velocity diagram for uniform velocity motion of the follower.
9. Discuss briefly with neat sketches the longitudinal, transverse vibrations

PART-B 7x10=70 marks

10. a) Explain with a neat sketch beam engine. 06

b) Differentiate between machine and a structure. 04

11. a)Explain With a neat sketch double crank mechanism. 05

b)Sketch and describe Scotch-yoke mechanism. 05
12. a)List the advantages & disadvantages of flat belt over v-belt drive. 04
b)Develop the gear when Two parallel shafts, about 600 mm apart are to be connected by spur gears.
One shaft is to runat360r.p.m. and the other at 120 r.p.m., if the circular pitch is to be 25 mm. 06
13. Calculate the width of the belt taking centrifugal tension into account..A leather belt is required
to transmit 7.5 kW from a pulley 1.2 m in diameter, running at 250 r.p.m. The angle embraced
is 165° and the coefficient of friction between the belt and the pulley is 0.3. If the safe working
stress for the leather belt is 1.5 MPa, density of leather 1 Mg/m3and thickness of belt 1
10 mm, 10

14. a) Explain with a neat sketch, limiting angle of friction. 05

b) A 60 mm diameter shaft running in a bearing carries a load of 2000 N. If the coefficient of friction
between the shaft and bearing is 0.03, Calculate the power transmitted when it runs at 1440 r.p.m.
-05

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME32T

15. Five masses A, B, C,D and E are attached to a shaft and revolve in the same plane. The masses of A is
200N, B is 100N, C is 160 N respectively and their radii of rotations are equal. The angular position of
the masses B, C , D and E are 60°, 135°, 2100 and 270° from the mass A. Calculate the magnitude of D
and E for complete balance. Solve graphically -10
16. Four masses m1, m2, m3 and m4 are 200 kg, 300 kg, 240 kg and 260 kg respectively. The corresponding
radii of rotation are 0.2 m, 0.15 m, 0.25 m and 0.3 m respectively and the angles between successive
masses are 45°, 75° and 135°. Calculate the position and magnitude of the balance mass required, if its
radius of rotation is 0.2m.(solve Analytically). -10

17. Construct a cam profile to raise a valve with simple harmonic motion through 50 mm in 1/3 of a
revolution, keep if fully raised through 1/12 revolution and to lower it with harmonic motion in 1/6
revolution. The valve remains closed during the rest of the revolution. The diameter of the roller is 20
mm and the minimum radius of the cam is 25 mm. The diameter of the camshaft is 25 mm. The axis of
the valve rod passes through the axis of the camshaft.
-10
18. Define the following terms. -10
(a) Base circle, (b) Pitch circle, (c) Pressure angle, and (d) Stroke of the follower.(e)Trace point
19. a)Explain the term ‘whirling speed’ or ‘critical speed’ of a shaft 05
b) Discuss briefly with neat sketches the transverse and torsional free vibrations 05

***************************************************************************************

MODEL QUESTION BANK

Diploma in Mechanical Engineering

IV Semester
Course title: MECHANICS OF MACHINES

CO1: ANALYZE AND APPLY THE KNOWLEDGE OF THESE MACHINES, MECHANISMS AND
RELATED TERMINOLOGIES IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SCIENCE IN MAINTAINING
SUSTAINABLE ENVIRONMENT AND ITS IMPACT ON SOCIETY

REMEMBERING

1. List the different types of constraint motion Explain any one.

2. Define kinematic link. Briefly explain its types.
3. Define following terms a) structure b) mechanism.
4. Define kinematic chain? Name the different types of kinematic chains.
5. Define inversion of mechanism.

UNDERSTANDING

1. Explain kinematic chain. give its relation

2. Explain the following terms.
a) Sliding pair b) turning pair c) screw pair d) spherical pair e) rolling pair
3. Explain lower pair and higher pairs
4. Explain self closed pair and force-closed pair
5. Differentiate between machine and a structure.
8

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME32T

 6. Classify different kinematic pairs.

APPLICATION

1. Explain With a neat sketch completely constrained motion.

2. Explain with sketch four bar chain and mention its inversions.
3. Explain with sketch single slider crank chain and mention its inversions.
4. Explain with sketch double slider crank chain and mention its inversions.
5. Explain with a neat sketch beam engine
6. Explain with a neat sketch four bar chain.
7. Explain With a neat sketch double crank mechanism.
8. Explain With a neat sketch single slider crank chain.
9. Explain with a neat sketch bull engine.
10. Explain with a neat sketch crank and slotted lever quick return motion
mechanism.
11. Explain with a neat sketch elliptical trammel.
12. Explain with a neat sketch Scotch yoke mechanism
13. Explain with a neat sketch Oldham’s coupling.

CO2 : SELECT APPROPRIATE POWER TRANSMISSION MECHANISMS

REMEMBERING
1. Define the following terms.
2. List the advantages of flat belt over v-belt drive.
3. List the Advantages and Disadvantages of Belt over Rope Drive
4. Define the following terms
A) Pitch circle. B). Addendum. C).Dedendum. D). Circular pitch.
E) Diametral pitch. F) Module.

UNDERSTANDING

1. Explain open belt and cross belt drives.

2. Explain the following a) Velocity ratio b) slip c) creep.
3. Explain slip and creep of belt drive.
4. Explain centrifugal tension of flat belt.
5. Discuss the various types of gear trains.
6. Explain briefly the reverted gear train
7. Explain briefly the epicyclic gear train
8. Explain with neat diagram belt drive with idler pulley.
9. Explain with neat diagram stepped or cone pulley drive.
10. Explain with neat diagram fast and loose pulley drive.
11. Explain with neat diagram compound belt drive and write its velocity ratio.
12. Explain briefly the compound Gear train with diagram

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME32T

 APPLICATION

1. An engine, running at 150 r.p.m., drives a line shaft by means of a belt. The
engine pulley is 750 mm diameter and the pulley on the line shaft being 450
mm. A 900 mm diameter pulley on the line shaft drives a 150 mm diameter
pulley keyed to a dynamo shaft. Calculate the speed of the dynamo shaft, when
1. There is no slip, and 2. There is a slip of 2% at each drive.
2. The power is transmitted from a pulley 1 m diameter running at 200 r.p.m. to a
pulley 2.25 m diameter by means of a belt. Calculate the speed lost by the
driven pulley as a result of creep, if the stress on the tight and slack side of
the belt is 1.4 MPa and 0.5 MPa respectively. The Young’s modulus for the
material of the belt is 100 MPa.
3. Calculate the power transmitted by a belt running over a pulley of 600 mm
diameter at 200 r.p.m. The coefficient of friction between the belt and the
pulley is 0.25, angle of lap is 160° and maximum tension in the belt is 2500 N.
4. Two pulleys, one 450 mm diameter and the other 200 mm diameter are on
parallel shafts 1.95 m apart and are connected by a crossed belt. Calculate the
length of the belt required and the angle of contact between the belt and each
pulley. What power can be transmitted by the belt when the larger pulley
rotates at 200 rev/min, if the maximum permissible tension in the belt is 1 kN,
and the coefficient of friction between the belt and pulley is 0.25 ?
5. A shaft rotating at 200 r.p.m. drives another shaft at 300 r.p.m. and transmits 6
kW through a belt. The belt is 100 mm wide and 10 mm thick. The distance
between the shafts is 4m.The smaller pulley is 0.5 m in diameter. Calculate the
stress in the belt, if it is an open belt drive, Take μ = 0.3.
6. A leather belt is required to transmit 7.5 kW from a pulley 1.2 m in diameter,
running at 250 r.p.m. The angle embraced is 165° and the coefficient of
friction between the belt and the pulley is 0.3. If the safe working stress for the
leather belt is 1.5 MPa, density of leather 1 Mg/m3and thickness of belt 10
mm, determine the width of the belt taking centrifugal tension into account.
7. Determine the width of a 9.75 mm thick leather belt required to transmit 15
kW from a motor running at 900 r.p.m. The diameter of the driving pulley of
the motor is 300 mm. The driven pulley runs at 300 r.p.m. and the distance
between the centres of two pulleys is 3 metres. The density of the leather
is1000 kg/m3. The maximum allowable stress in the leather is 2.5 MPa. The
co-efficient of friction between the leather and pulley is 0.3. Assume open belt
drive and neglect the sag and slip of the belt.
8. A pulley is driven by a flat belt, the angle of lap being 120°. The belt is 100
mm wide by 6 mm thick and density1000 kg/m3. If the coefficient of friction
is 0.3 and the maximum stress in the belt is not to exceed 2 MPa, Calculate the
greatest power which the belt can transmit and the corresponding speed of the
belt.
9. In a flat belt drive the initial tension is 2000 N. The coefficient of friction
between the belt and the pulley is 0.3 and the angle of lap on the smaller pulley
is 150°. The smaller pulley has a radius of 200 mm and rotates at 500 r.p.m.
Calculate the power in kW transmitted by the belt.
10. Two parallel shafts, whose centre lines are 4.8 m apart, are connected by open
belt drive. The diameter of the larger pulley is 1.5 m and that of smaller pulley
1 m. The initial tension in the belt when stationary is 3 kN. The mass of the
belt is 1.5 kg / m length. The coefficient of friction between the belt and
the pulley is 0.3. Taking centrifugal tension into account, calculate the power
transmitted, when the smaller pulley rotates at 400 r.p.m.
10

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME32T

 11. An open belt running over two pulleys 240 mm and 600 mm diameter
connects two parallel shafts 3 metres apart and transmits 4 kW from the
smaller pulley that rotates at 300 r.p.m. Co-efficient of friction between the
belt and the pulley is 0.3 and the safe working tension is10N per mm
width. Determine: 1. Minimum width of the belt, 2. Initial belt tension and 3.
Length of the belt required.
12. Power is transmitted using a V-belt drive. The included angle of V-groove is
30°. The belt is 20 mm deep and maximum width is 20 mm. If the mass of the
belt is 0.35 kg per meter length and maximum allowable stress is 1.4 MPa,
determine the maximum power transmitted when the angle of lap is 140°. μ =
0.15.
13. A compressor, requiring 90 kW is to run at about 250 r.p.m. The drive is by V-
belts from an electric motor running at 750 r.p.m. The diameter of the pulley
on the compressor shaft must not be greater than 1 metre while the centre
distance between the pulleys is limited to 1.75 metre. The belt speed should
not exceed 1600 m/min. Determine the number of V-belts required to transmit
the power if each belt has a cross-sectional area of 375 mm2, density 1000
kg/m3 and an allowable tensile stress of 2.5MPa. The groove angle of the
pulley is 35°. The coefficient of friction between the belt and the pulley is
0.25.Calculate also the length required of each belt.
14. A rope drive transmits 600 kW from a pulley of effective diameter 4 m, which
runs at a speed of 90 r.p.m. The angle of lap is 160° ; the angle of groove 45° ;
the coefficient of friction 0.28 ; the mass of rope 1.5 kg / m and the allowable
tension in each rope 2400 N. Calculate the number of ropes required.
15. A pulley used to transmit power by means of ropes has a diameter of 3.6
metres and has 15 grooves of 45° angle. The angle of contact is 170° and the
coefficient of friction between the ropes and the groove sides is 0.28. The
maximum possible tension in the ropes is 960 N and the mass of the rope is 1.5
kg per metre length. Calculate the speed of pulley in r.p.m. and the power
transmitted if the condition of maximum power prevail
16. Two parallel shafts, about 600 mm apart are to be connected by spur gears.
One shaft is to run at 360 r.p.m. and the other at 120 r.p.m. Develop the gears,
if the circular pitch isto be 25 mm.
17. Two parallel shafts are to be connected by spur gearing. The approximate
distance between the shafts is 600 mm. If one shaft runs at 120 r.p.m. and the
other at 360 r.p.m. Calculate the number of teeth on each wheel, if the module
is 8 mm. Also determine the exact distance apart of the shafts.
18. A flat belt is required to transmit 35 kW from a pulley of 1.5 m effective
diameter running at 300 r.p.m. The angle of contact is spread over 11/24 of the
circumference and the coefficient of friction between belt and pulley surface is
0.3. Determine, taking centrifugal tension into account, width of the belt
required. It is given that the belt thickness is 9.5 mm, density of its material is
1.1 Mg/m3 and the related permissible working stress is 2.5 MPa.

CO3: ANALYZE THE EFFECT OF FRICTION ON MACHINE ELEMENTS

UNDERSTANDING

1. Explain the following terms:

(i).Angle of response (ii).Angle of friction
2. Explain limiting angle of friction.
11

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME32T

 3. Explain coefficient of friction.
4. Explain with neat diagram limiting angle of friction.
5. Explain with neat diagram coefficient of friction.
6. Explain with neat diagram friction in a journal bearing.

APPLICATION

1. A 60 mm diameter shaft running in a bearing carries a load of 2000 N. If the

coefficient of friction between the shaft and bearing is 0.03, Calculate the
power transmitted when it runs at 1440 r.p.m.
2. Explain with neat sketch different types of pivot bearings.
3. Explain with neat sketch single and multiple flat collar bearing.
4. A vertical shaft 150 mm in diameter rotating at 100 r.p.m. rests on a flat end
footstep bearing. The shaft carries a vertical load of 20 kN. Assuming uniform
pressure distribution and coefficient of friction equal to 0.05, Calculate power
lost in friction.
5. A conical pivot supports a load of 20 kN, the cone angle is 120º and the
intensity of normal pressure is not to exceed 0.3 N/mm2. The external
diameter is twice the internal diameter. Calculate the outer and inner radii of
the bearing surface. If the shaft rotates at 200 r.p.m. and the coefficient of
friction is 0.1, Calculate the power absorbed in friction. Assume uniform
pressure.
6. A conical pivot bearing supports a vertical shaft of 200 mm diameter. It is
subjected to a load of 30 kN. The angle of the cone is 120º and the coefficient
of friction is 0.025. Calculate the power lost in friction when the speed is 140
r.p.m., assuming uniform pressure.
7. A thrust shaft of a ship has 6 collars of 600 mm external diameter and 300 mm
internal diameter. The total thrust from the propeller is 100 kN. If the
coefficient of friction is 0.12 and speed of the engine90 r.p.m., Calculate the
power absorbed in friction at the thrust block, assuming l. uniform pressure
only
8. A shaft has a number of a collars integral with it. The external diameter of the
collars is 400 mm and the shaft diameter is 250 mm. If the intensity of
pressure is 0.35 N/mm2 (uniform) and the coefficient of friction is 0.05,
Calculate:1. Power absorbed when the shaft runs at 105 r.p.m. carrying a load
of 150 kN ; and 2. Number of collars required.
9. Explain with a neat sketch single plate or disc clutch.
10. Explain with a neat sketch multi plate clutch.
11. A single plate clutch, with both sides effective, has outer and inner diameters
300 mm and 200 mm respectively. The maximum intensity of pressure at any
point in the contact surface is not to exceed 0.1 N/mm2. If the coefficient of
friction is 0.3, determine the power transmitted by a clutch at a speed
2500rpm.
12. A multiple disc clutch has five plates having four pairs of active friction
surfaces. If the intensity of pressure is not to exceed 0.127 N/mm2, Calculate
the power transmitted at 500 r.p.m. The outer and inner radii of friction
surfaces are 125 mm and 75 mm respectively. Assume uniform wear and take
coefficient of friction = 0.3.
13. Explain with a neat sketch internal expanding brake.

12

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME32T

CO4:APPRECIATE THE ESSENTIALITY OF BALANCING IN ROTATING PARTS..

UNDERSTANDING

1. Explain the balancing of rotating parts necessary for high speed engines
2. Explain clearly the terms ‘static balancing’ and ‘dynamic balancing’.
3. Discuss how a single revolving mass is balanced by a single mass revolving in
same planes.
4. Explain the method of balancing of different masses revolving in the same plane.
APPLICATION

1. Four masses m1, m2, m3 and m4 are 200 kg, 300 kg, 240 kg and 260 kg
respectively. The corresponding radii of rotation are 0.2 m, 0.15 m, 0.25 m and
0.3 m respectively and the angles between successive masses are 45°, 75° and
135°. Calculate the position and magnitude of the balance mass required, if its
radius of rotation is 0.2 m.(Analytical method)
2. Four masses m1, m2, m3 and m4 are 250 kg, 350 kg, 290 kg and 310 kg
respectively. The corresponding radii of rotation are 0.25 m, 0.20 m, 0.35 m and
0.4 m respectively and the angles between successive masses are 45°, 75° and
135°. Calculate the position and magnitude of the balance mass required, if its
radius of rotation is 0.25 m. (Graphical method)
3. Four masses A, B, C and D are attached to a shaft and revolve in the same plane.
The masses are 12kg, 10 kg, 18 kg and 15 kg respectively and their radii of
rotations are 40 mm, 50 mm, 60 mm and30 mm. The angular position of
the masses B, C and D are 60°, 135° and 270° from the mass A. Calculate the
magnitude and position of the balancing mass at a radius of 100 mm.
4. Five masses A, B, C,D and E are attached to a shaft and revolve in the same
plane. The masses of A is 200N, B is 100N, C is 160 N respectively and
their radii of rotations are equal. The angular position of the masses B, C ,
0
D and E are 60°, 135°, 210 and 270° from the mass A. Calculate the magnitude
of D and E for complete balance. Solve graphically.
5. Five masses A, B, C,D and E are attached to a shaft and revolve in the same
plane. The masses of A is 250N, B is 160 N, C is 210N respectively and
their radii of rotations are equal. The angular position of the masses B, C ,
D and E are 60°, 135°, 2100 and 270° from the mass A. Calculate the magnitude
of D and E for complete balance. Solve by Analytical method.
6. Four masses m1, m2, m3 and m4 are 100 N, 150 N, 120 N and 130 N
respectively. The corresponding radii of rotation are 0.225 m, 0.175 m,
0.25 m and 0.3 m respectively and the angles measured from A are 45°,
0
120 and 255°. Calculate the position and magnitude of the balance mass
required, if its radius of rotation is 0.3 m.( Analytical method)
7. Four masses A, B, C and D are attached to a shaft and revolve in the same plane.
The masses are 16kg, 14 kg, 22kg and 20 kg respectively and their radii of
rotations are 40 mm, 50 mm, 60 mm and 30 mm. The angular position of

13

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME32T

 the masses B, C and D are 60°, 135° and 270° from the mass A. Calculate the
magnitude and position of the balancing mass at a radius of 50 mm

CO5: CONSTRUCT CAM PROFILE FOR THE SPECIFIC FOLLOWER MOTION

REMEMBERING
1. Define the following terms.
(a) Base circle, (b) Pitch circle, (c) Pressure angle, and (d) Stroke of the
follower.(e)Trace point

UNDERSTANDING
1. Explain cam and follower
2. Classify different types of cams
3. Describe the types of follower.
4. Classify different types of followers.
5. Explain prime circle and pitch circle related to cam profile
6. Explain base circle and pitch point to cam profile
7. Explain pressure angle and lift or stroke related to cam profile
8. Interpret why a roller follower is preferred to that of a knife-edged
follower.
9. Illustrate the different types of motion with which a follower can move.

APPLICATION

1. Construct the displacement diagram for uniform velocity and S.H.M motion
of the follower
2. Construct the displacement and velocity diagram S.H.M motion of the
follower
3. Construct the displacement and velocity diagram for uniform velocity motion
of the follower
4. Construct the displacement and velocity diagram for uniform acceleration and
retardation motion of the follower.
5. Explain with sketches the different types of cams and followers.

6. Construct a disc cam to give uniform motion to a knife edge follower during
out stroke of 50 mm during the first half of the cam revolution. The follower
again returns to its original position with uniform motion during the next half
of the revolution. The minimum radius of the cam is 50 mm and the diameter
of the cam shaft is 35 mm. Draw the profile of the cam when the axis of
follower passes through the axis of cam shaft.
7. Construct a cam operating a knife-edged follower, has the following data :
(a) Follower moves outwards through 40 mm during 60° of cam rotation.
(b) Follower dwells for the next 45°.
(c) Follower returns to its original position during next 90°.
(d) Follower dwells for the rest of the rotation.
(e) The displacement of the follower is to take place with simple harmonic
motion during both the outward and return strokes. The least radius of the

14

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME32T

 cam is 50 mm. Draw the profile of the cam when the axis of the follower is
offset 20mm towards right from the cam axis.
8. Construct a disc cam rotating in a clockwise direction is used to move a
reciprocating roller with simple harmonic motion in a radial path for the details
given below:
a) Outstroke with maximum displacement of 25 mm during 120° of cam rotation,
b) Dwell for 60° of cam rotation,
c) iii) Return stroke with maximum displacement of 25 mm during 90° of cam
rotation, and
d) Dwell during remaining 90° of cam rotation.
e) The line of reciprocation of follower passes through the camshaft axis. The
maximum radius of camis30 mm. The roller diameter is 8 mm. Draw the
profile of the cam when the line of reciprocation of the follower is offset by 20
mm towards right from the cam shaft axis.
9. Construct a cam profile to raise a valve with simple harmonic motion through 50
mm in 1/3 of a revolution, keep if fully raised through 1/12 revolution and to lower
it with harmonic motion in 1/6 revolution. The valve remains closed during
the rest of the revolution. The diameter of the roller is 20 mm and the minimum
radius of the cam is 25 mm. The diameter of the camshaft is 25 mm. The axis of
the valve rod passes through the axis of the camshaft.
10.Construct a cam rotating clockwise with a uniform speed is to give the roller
follower of 20 mm diameter with the following motion:
i. Follower to move outwards through a distance of 30 mm during 120° of cam
rotation ;
ii. Follower to dwell for 60° of cam rotation ;
iii. Follower to return to its initial position during 90° of cam rotation ; and
iv. Follower to dwell for the remaining 90° of cam rotation.
The minimum radius of the cam is 30 mm and the line of stroke of the
follower is offset 15 mm from the axis of the cam and the displacement of
the follower is to take place with simple harmonic motion on both the
outward and return strokes. Draw the cam profile.
11. Construct the profile of cam rotating clockwise at a uniform speed of 100
r.p.m. is required to give motion to knife-edge follower as below,
Follower to move outwards through 40 mm during 120° of cam rotation,
(f) Follower to dwell for the next 60° of cam rotation,
(g) Follower to return to its starting position during next 90° of cam rotation, and
(h) Follower to dwell for the rest of the cam rotation.
(i) The minimum radius of the cam is 30 mm and the line of stroke of the
follower passes through the axis of the cam shaft. If the displacement of the
follower takes place with uniform and equal acceleration and retardation
on both the outward and return strokes.
12. Construct a cam profile with 30 mm as minimum diameter is rotating
clockwise at a uniform speed of 1200 r.p.m. and has to give the following
motion to a roller follower 10 mm in diameter:

15

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME32T

 (a) Follower to complete outward stroke of 25 mm during 120° of cam rotation
with equal uniform acceleration and retardation ;
(b) Follower to dwell for 60° of cam rotation;
(c) Follower to return to its initial position during 90° of cam rotation with equal
uniform acceleration and retardation;
(d) Follower to dwell for the remaining 90° of cam rotation.
Draw the cam profile if the axis of the roller follower passes through the axis
of the cam.
13. Construct a cam profile, rotating clockwise at a uniform speed of 200 r.p.m. is
required to move an offset roller follower with a uniform and equal
acceleration and retardation on both the outward and return strokes. The
angle of ascent, the angle of dwell (between ascent and descent) and the
angle of descent is 120°, 60° and 90° respectively. The follower dwells for
the rest of cam rotation. The least radius of the cam is 50 mm, the lift of
the follower is 25 mm and the diameter of the roller is 10mm. The line of stroke
of the follower is offset by 20 mm from the axis of the cam.
14. Construct the profile of a cam to suit the following specifications:
Cam shaft diameter = 25mm; Least radius of cam = 30 mm ; Diameter of roller
= 20 mm;
Angle of lift = 120° ; Angle of fall = 150° ; Lift of the follower = 40 mm ;
Number of pauses are two of equal interval between motions. During the lift,
the motion is S.H.M. During the fall the motion is uniform acceleration and
deceleration. The speed of the cam shaft is uniform. The line of stroke of the
follower is off-set12.5 mm from the centre of the cam.
15. Construct the profile of a cam to give the following motion to a knife-edged
follower:
Outstroke during 60° of cam rotation: 2. Dwell for the next 30° of cam rotation;
Return stroke during next 60° of cam rotation, and 4. Dwell for the remaining
210° of cam Rotation. The stroke of the follower is 40 mm and the
minimum radius of the cam is 50 mm. The follower moves with uniform
velocity during the outstroke and return strokes. With uniform velocity. Draw
the profile of the cam when the axis of the follower is offset by 20 mm from the
axis of the cam shaft.

CO6: UNDERSTAND THE TERMINOLOGY AND TYPES ASSOCIATED WITH

VIBRATION IN MACHINE ELEMENTS

REMEMBERING

1. Define free vibrations, forced vibrations.

2. Identify the causes and effects of vibrations?
3. Define free vibrations,. And damped vibrations.
4. Define forced vibrations,. And damped vibrations.

UNDERSTANDING
16

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME32T

 1. Discuss briefly with neat sketches the longitudinal, transverse vibrations.
2. Discuss briefly with neat sketches the transverse and torsional free vibrations.
3. Discuss briefly with neat sketches the longitudinal, and torsional free
vibrations.
4. Explain the term ‘whirling speed’ or ‘critical speed’ of a shaft

17

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME32T

Course Title: Automobile Electrical and Electronics systems Course Code: 15AT42T
Credits (L:T:P) : 4:0:0 Core/ Elective: Core
Type of course: Lectures Total Contact Hours: 52
25 Marks 100 Marks

Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of Science & Automobile Engineering-I & II.

Course Objectives:

The students should be able to

1. Acquire the knowledge of Electrical and Electronics engineering concepts.

2. Understand the construction and applications of Electrical and electronics

components in various automotive electrical circuits.

3. Understand the construction and working of various automotive electrical systems

and components.

4. Identify, demonstrate and compare the various components and systems of Auto
electrical systems.

On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain CO'S:

CL Linked Teaching
Course Outcome PO Hrs
Explain basic terminologies, components and
CO1 R/U 1,2 08
concepts of electrical engineering.
Explain basic terminologies, components and
R/U 1,2 07
CO2 concepts of electronics engineering.
Understand the purpose, construction and
working of different batteries and electrical R/U/A 1,2,3,10 08
CO3 systems used in Automobiles.
Explain the purpose, circuits, construction and
working of components of charging and starting R/U/A 1,2,3,10 11
CO4 system.
Understand purpose, circuits, construction and
R/U/A 1,2,3,10 09
C05 working of components of ignition system.
Explain purpose, circuits, construction and
working of components of lighting and R/U 1,2,10 09
CO6 accessories system.

Total sessions 52

Directorate Of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15AT42T Page 1

COURSE-PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX

Course Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Automobile Electrical
and Electronics 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3
systems
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

COURSE CONTENT AND BLUE PRINT OF MARKS FOR SEE

Unit Hour Questions to be set Marks weightage
No Unit Name (%)

R U A
Basic Electricity 10 10 13.8
I 08

II Basic electronics 5 15 13.8

07
Introduction to Automotive 05 10 05 13.8
III Electrical System 08

Charging system & Starting 05 20 05 20.7

IV system 11

V Ignition system 05 20 05 20.7

09
Lighting system & 05 20 17.2
VI Electrical accessories 09

Total 52 145 100

Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application

Course Delivery: The course will be delivered through lectures, presentations and classroom
discussions.

Course Content:

UNIT-I

Basic Electricity 08hrs

Electrical energy-definition-Benefits-sources-effects of electrical current with applications,

electrical current-definition-units-DC current-definition-applications-AC current-definition-

Directorate Of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15AT42T Page 2

applications, Definitions and units -frequency-amplitude-instantaneous value-RMS value-
average value-form factor-cycle-, voltage-definition-units, resistance-definition-unit,
conductors, insulator, semiconductors, capacitors-working principle-capacitance unit-types-
applications, Ohms law-series and parallel circuits, magnetism-magnetic lines of force-
magnetic field-reluctance-flux density, electromagnetism-faraday’s law of electromagnetic
induction-self induction-mutual induction-units of inductance, Switches-function-types.

UNIT-II

Basic electronics 07hrs

Semiconductors- P type- N type, Diode-introduction-half wave rectification-full wave bridge

rectifier-full wave bridge rectifier with capacitor filter, zener diode-introduction, zener diode
as voltage regulator, LED and photo diode-introduction-applications, transistor-introduction-
NPN and PNP transistor-applications-transistor as switch.

UNIT-III

Introduction to Automotive Electrical System 08hrs

Automotive Electrical Systems–function of each system, Earth and Insulated return system-
circuit diagram-merits and demerits, Positive and negative earth return system-merits and
demerits, Electrical and electronics symbols used in Auto electrical system.

Battery
Battery -purpose-types, construction and working-Lead acid and alkaline battery-differences
between lead acid and alkaline battery, Explain-Cell voltage -Battery capacity-Battery
efficiency, Battery ratings- types.

UNIT-IV

Charging system 11hrs

Charging system-purpose-circuit diagram with D C generator, D C generator-principle-

construction and working, need of cut-out relay, current and voltage regulator, Alternator-
charging circuit with alternator-working principle-construction and working-regulation,
Electronic voltage regulators-construction and working, comparison between generator and
alternator.

Starting system
Staring system-requirements-circuit diagram-working principle, construction and working-
series shunt wound motor Drive mechanism-need-types, construction and working-Standard
Bendix drive- positive engaging drive with shift lever and over running clutch drive-axial
sliding armature drive, Solenoid switch with two winding-construction and working.

Directorate Of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15AT42T Page 3

 UNIT-V

Ignition system 9hrs

Ignition system-requirements-types, battery coil ignition system-circuit diagram-function of

each component, Ignition coil-function-construction and working ,Ignition timing-definition-
need of ignition timing advance based on speed and load, Firing order-definition-need,
Magneto ignition system-circuit diagram of High tension rotating magnet type ignition
system-function of each component, spark plug-classification-construction-specification,
spark plug gap, heat range and reach- definition and importance.

UNIT-VI

Lighting system 09hrs

Circuit diagram-head light-parking light, side indicator, brake light, reverse gear light, Head
light-construction, bulbs, Dipper switch, Fuses, cable colour codes, cable connectors, Wiring
harness.

Electrical Accessories
Circuit diagram and explain- fuel level gauge-coolant temperature gauge, oil pressure gauge,
horn, wind screen wiper, construction and working- Speedo meter, odometer, wind screen
wiper, electric horn, purpose, types, construction-relays.

Resources

Reference books

Sl NO Title of the book Author Publisher

1 Automobile Electrical Equipment Kohli Tata McGraw-Hill

Standard
2 Automobile Engineering Vol-2 Kirpal Singh
Publications
Umesh
3 The Automobile Engineering Vol-2 K.M Guptha
publications
Diesel Engineering Electricity &
4 Joseph Bell Ceangage
Electronics
Principals of Electrical Engineering & V. K Mehta &
5 S Chand & Co
Electronics Rohit Mehta
A system approach to Automotive
6 Jack Erjavec Ceangage
Technology
Harban Singh
7 The Automobile Engineering S Chand & Co
Reyath
8 The Automobile Engineering Er S K Gupta S Chand & Co

9 Automobile Electrical Equipment W. H. Crouse Tata McGraw-Hill

Directorate Of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15AT42T Page 4

Websites:

ß http://www.electrical4u.com/electric-current-and-theory-of-electricity/
ß http://www.studyyaar.com/index.php/module-video/watch/272-electrical-
circuits-prerequisites
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l8JS8BbrVOg
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=m75jvmtVyVY
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XiHVe8U5PhU
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EJeAuQ7pkpc
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Gc1wVdbVI0E
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Gc1wVdbVI0E
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5qwCmyETAvA
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X5bzjs3ByBU
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BcIDRet787k
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xUSSTV0Hs0s
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KGTZPTnZBFE
ß https://electronicspani.com/nickel-cadmium-battery/
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZDBfDTEMGaQ
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s6rQI7t9XM4
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OyC02DWq3mI
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CfoKSkzK6jg
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rF0WMlH8BBk
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WGskIUxzcz8
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TK2mvyi1YiU
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mj-5hbQAWe8
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WjvUVjuHRtc
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SyZ3s45StaM
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BH9LI973H8w
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YsdPjY58Go8
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HTQQnl1pArk
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mDUTTLCM2K8
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BDEyvgrp8N4
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rJV2iu3BzmY
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3_vfyt6-2Ic
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1Ww5-pmiokc

Directorate Of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15AT42T Page 5

 ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-SlIHGqDTc8
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4IgHj2Uim_0
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MhnVZ7ZPunw
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8WD5Q_PF3pM
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ITFW2PkqXWw
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LAtPHANEfQo
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-JURAbC6oRE
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GMjw6vxV5pg
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LGB6ZEjGm7Q
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W94iksaQwUo
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dIQ4IWSpMO0
ß https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OMLSNwQiiKg

Student Activities to be performed to award five marks in continuous internal

evaluation:
1. Visit nearby two wheel/four wheeler service stations/garages and make report of
different automotive electrical and electronic components seen with specification,
materials used and manufacturing processes used along with photographs.
2. Visit nearby two wheel/four wheeler service stations/garages and collect different
electrical circuits of vehicles.
Note:

1. Student should prepare a report on any one of the above/similar activity, which
helps in achieving above course outcomes.
2. The report prepared should be approved by the concerned staff and HOD.
3. The activity group should consist of maximum of three students.

Directorate Of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15AT42T Page 6

MODEL OF RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY

Note: The dimensions given below are only representatives and lecturer has to design/decide the dimensions based on the activity given.

Dimension Scale Students Score

Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary 5marks 1 2 3 4 5
1marks 2marks 3marks 4marks

1. Research and gather Does not collect Collects very Collects basic Collects more Collects a great 2
information information relate limited information, most information, most deals of
to topic information, some refer to the topic refer to the topic information, all
relate to topic refer to the topic

2.Full fills teams roles Does not perform Performs very Performs nearly Performs almost Performs all duties 3
and duties any duties little duties all duties all duties of assigned team
assigned to the roles
team role

3.Shares work equally Always relies on Rarely does the Usually does the Always does the Always does the 4
others to do the assigned work, assigned work, assigned work, assigned work,
work often needs rarely needs rarely needs without needing
reminding reminding reminding. reminding

4. listen to other team Is always talking, Usually does most Listens, but Listens and talks a Listens and talks a 5
mates never allows of the talking, sometimes talk too little more than fare amount
anyone to else to rarely allows much, needed.
speak others to speak

Grand Average/Total=2+3+4+5/4=14/4=3.5=4 4

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT32T Page 7

Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme:

When/Where
Method

Max Evidence Course

What To whom (Frequency
Marks collected outcomes
in the course)

Three IA
Tests;
Direct Assessment

CIE(Continuous 20 Blue books 1,2,3,4,5,6

IA (Average of
Internal
Evaluation) three Tests)
Students

Activity
Activity 05 1,2,3,4,5,6
Reports
SEE ( Semester Answer
End End of the
End 100 scripts at 1,2,3,4,5,6
Examination)
Exam course
BTE

1,2&3
Student Feedback on Middle of the Feedback
Delivery of
course course forms
course
Indirect Assessment

1,2,3,4,5&6
Students
Effectiveness
Questionnaires

of Delivery
End of the of
End of Course Survey
course instructions
&
Assessment
Methods

*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination

Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be rounded off
to the next higher digit.

Directorate Of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15AT42T Page 8

 FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE)
Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks

Ex: I test/6 th weak of I/II SEM

20
sem 10-11 Am
Year:
Name of Course coordinator : Units:__
CO’s:____

Question
Question MARKS CL CO PO
no
1
2
3
4
Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).

MODEL QUESTION PAPER (CIE)

Note: The lecturer has to fallow the question paper blue print given in above table to prepare CIE
Question paper also.

Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks

Automobile electrical and
Ex: I test/6 th week of IV semester
electronics systems 20
sem 10-11 Am
Year: 2015-16 Course code:15AT42T
Name of Course coordinator :
Units:1,2 Co: 1,2
Note: Answer all questions
Question
Question CL CO PO
no
1 State the definition of electrical energy and list its sources. R 1 1,2
5marks
2 List any five benefits of using electrical energy. A 1 1,2
5marks

Or

Compare conductors and insulators with examples of different

materials.
5marks
3 Explain Full wave bridge rectifier with a circuit diagram. U 2 1,2
5marks
U
Or

Explain the working of transistor as a switch with a circuit

diagram.

5marks

Directorate Of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15AT42T Page 9

 Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application

MODEL QUESTION BANK

CO1:Explain basic terminologies, components and concepts of electrical engineering.

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS

1. State the definition of electrical energy and list its sources. (R)
2. State the definition of electrical energy and list the effects of current flow in a
conductor (R)
3. List any five benefits of using electrical energy. (R)
4. State the definition of electrical current and voltage with their respective units. (R)
5. State the definition of capacitance and inductance with their respective units. (R)
6. Explain the working principle of capacitor and list its applications in Automobiles.
(U)
7. Explain the working principle of capacitor and list types of capacitors. (U)
8. Write a short note on Ohms law. (U)
9. Explain how to find equivalent resistance in series and parallel circuits. (A)
10. Explain how to find total capacitance in series and parallel circuits. (A)
11. State the definition of DC current and list its applications. (R)
12. State the definition of AC current and list its applications. (R)
13. State the definitions of frequency and amplitude with respective units. (R)
14. State the definitions of instanious value, RMS value and cycle of AC current. (R)
15. Compare conductors and insulators with examples of different materials. (A)
16. Write a short note on Semiconductors with examples of different materials. (U)
17. Explain the terms Flux density and reluctance. (U)
18. Explain faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction. (U)
19. Define the terms self induction and mutual inductance with applications. (R)
20. State the function of switch and list types of switches. (R)

TEN MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Define AC current and explain different terms used to explain AC current. (R)
2. Define the terms resistance, inductance and capacitance with their respective units.
(R)

CO2: Explain basic terminologies, components and concepts of electronics engineering.

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Write a short note on P type and N Type semiconductors. (U)

2. Explain N type semiconductor with a sketch of lattice structure. (U)
3. Explain P type semiconductor with a sketch of lattice structure. (U)
4. Define the term rectification and Draw the circuit diagram of half wave rectification
with its parts. (R)
Directorate Of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15AT42T Page 10
 5. Draw the circuit diagram of full wave bridge rectifier and name its parts. (R/U)
6. Draw the circuit diagram of full wave bridge rectifier with filter and name its parts.
(R/U)
7. Write a short note on Zener diode. (U)
8. Explain the function of Zener diode as voltage regulator with a simple circuit. (U)
9. Write short note on LED with applications. (U/A)
10. Write a short note on Photo diode with applications. (U/A)
11. Explain the construction of PNP transistor with its symbol. (U)
12. Explain the construction of NPN transistor with its symbol. (U)

TEN MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Explain half wave rectifier with a circuit diagram. (U)

2. Explain Full wave bridge rectifier with a circuit diagram. (U)
3. Explain full wave bridge rectifier with a filter with a circuit diagram. (U)
4. Explain LED and Photo diode with their symbols and applications. (U)
5. Explain the working of transistor as a switch with a circuit diagram. (U)

CO3:Understand the purpose, construction, working and ratings of different batteries

and electrical systems used in Automobiles.

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS

1. List different automotive electrical systems with their functions. (R)

2. List merits and demerits of earth return system. (R)
3. List merits and demerits of insulated system.(R)
4. List merits and demerits of positive earth return system. (R)
5. List merits and demerits of negative earth return system. (R)
6. Draw symbols of any five automotive electrical components. (R/U)
7. State the difference between lead acid battery and nickel alkaline battery. (A)
8. Explain charging and discharging of lead acid battery with a chemical equation. (U)
9. Explain the terms cell voltage and battery capacity. (U)
10. Explain the term battery rating and list its types. (U)
11. Explain the terms battery efficiency and cell voltage. (U)
12. Explain the need of separators and ribs at the bottom of battery casing. (U)
13. Explain the construction of plates with a sketch. (U)

TEN MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Explain the construction and working of lead acid battery with charging and
discharging chemical reactions. (U)
2. Explain the construction and working of nickel iron battery with charging and
discharging Chemical reactions. (U)

Directorate Of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15AT42T Page 11

 3. Explain the construction and working of nickel cadmium battery with charging and
discharging chemical reactions (U)

CO4:Explain the purpose, circuits, construction and working of components of

charging and starting system.

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Draw the circuit diagram of charging system with DC generator and state the
functions of each part of the circuit. (U)
2. Explain the working principle of DC generator with a sketch. (U)
3. Illustrate the need of cut-out relay and current regulator. (A)
4. Illustrate the need of current regulator and voltage regulator. (A)
5. Explain the working principle of alternator with a sketch. (U)
6. State the differences between generator output regulation and alternator output
regulation.(A)
7. State any five comparisons between generator and alternator. (A)
8. State the functions of rectifier and voltage regulator in alternator. (A)
9. Draw the circuit diagram of electronic voltage regulator and label its parts. (U)
10. Draw the circuit diagram of starting system and state the functions of each part of the
circuit. (U/A)
11. Explain the working principle of starting motor with a sketch. (U)
12. Explain the need of copper as brush material, series and shunt field winding in
starting motor. (A)
13. Explain the need of solenoid switch and drive mechanism in starting system. (A)
14. Explain the construction and working of solenoid switch with a sketch. (U)
15. Explain the construction and working of over running clutch with a sketch.(U)

TEN MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Explain the construction and working of DC generator with a sketch. (U)

2. Explain the construction and working of Alternator with a sketch. (U)
3. Explain the construction and working of electronic regulator with a circuit diagram.
(U)
4. Explain the construction and working of series shunt motor with a sketch also
explains the need of shunt field winding. (U)
5. Explain the construction and working of Standard Bendix drive mechanism with a
sketch. (U)
6. Explain the construction and working of positive engaging drive with over running
clutch mechanism with a sketch. (U)
7. Explain the construction and working of axial sliding armature drive with a sketch.
(U)

Directorate Of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15AT42T Page 12

 CO5: Understand purpose, circuits, construction and working og components of
ignition system

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS

1. State the functions of ignition system and list types. (R)

2. Draw the coil ignition system circuit and label the parts. (R/U)
3. Explain the construction and working of ignition coil with a neat sketch. (U)
4. Explain the need of changing ignition timing with engine speed and load. (A)
5. State the meaning of firing order and explain the need of firing order. (A)
6. State the comparisons between battery coil ignition system and High tension magneto
ignition system. (A)
7. State the meaning of heat range of spark plug and its importance. (A)
8. State the meaning of reach of spark plug and its importance. (A)
9. State the meaning of spark plug gap and its importance. (A)

TEN MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Explain the working of battery coil ignition system circuit diagram. (U)
2. Explain the working of High tension rotating magnet type ignition with a circuit
diagram. (U)
3. Explain the construction and working of spark plug with a sketch. (U)
4. Explain the meaning of terms used in specification of spark plugs. (U)

CO6: Explain purpose, circuits, construction and working of components of lighting

and accessories system.

FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Draw the circuit diagram of head light system and label the parts. (R/U)
2. Explain the need and working of dipper switch with a sketch. (A)
3. State the function of bulb in head light and list different types of bulbs used in
automobile. (U/A)
4. State the need of fuses and list different types of fuses used in Automobile.(A)
5. Draw the circuit diagram of side indicator and label its parts. (U)
6. Explain the working of parking light with a circuit diagram .(U)
7. Explain the working of brake light with a circuit diagram. (U)
8. Explain the working of reverse gear light with a circuit diagram. (U)
9. Draw the circuit diagram of fuel level gauge and label the parts. (R/U)
10. Draw the circuit diagram of temperature gauge and label the parts. (R/U)
11. Draw the circuit diagram of pressure gauge and label the parts. (R/U)
12. Draw the circuit diagram of electrical horn and label the parts. (R/U)
13. Draw the circuit diagram of wind screen wiper and label the parts. (R/U)

Directorate Of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15AT42T Page 13

 14. State the functions of speedometer, odometer and relay. (A)
15. State the functions of windscreen wiper horn and relay. (A)
16. Explain the construction and working of odometer with a sketch. (U)
17. Explain the meaning and need of wiring harness and color codes of cables.(A)
18. Explain the meaning and need of wiring harness and cable connectors also list types
of cable connectors. (A)

TEN MARKS QUESTIONS

1. Explain the working of head light system with a circuit diagram. (U)

2. Explain the construction and working of head light with a sketch. (U)

3. Explain the construction and working of electric horn with a sketch. (U)

4. Explain the construction and working of wind screen wiper mechanism with a sketch.
(U)
5. State the need of speedometer and odometer and also explain the construction and
working of Speedo meter with a sketch (U/A)

Directorate Of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15AT42T Page 14

 Board Of Technical Examination

MODEL QUESTION PAPER

Automotive Electrical and Electronics Systems

Max Marks: 100 Time: 3 Hr

Note: 1. Answer any six questions from PART-A and each question carries five marks.

2. Answer any seven questions from PART-B and each question carries ten
marks.

PART-A

1. State the definition of electrical energy and list its sources.

2. State the definition of capacitance and inductance with their respective units.
3. Write a short note on Zener diode.
4. Explain N type semiconductor with a sketch of lattice structure.
5. List different automotive electrical systems with their functions.
6. List merits and demerits of earth return system.
7. Draw the circuit diagram of starting system and state the functions of each part of the
circuit.
8. Explain the need of cut-out relay and current regulator.
9. State the functions of ignition system and list types.
10.
11. Explain the construction and working of ignition coil with a neat sketch.
12. State the need of fuses and list different types of fuses used in Automobile.
13. Draw the circuit diagram of head light system and label the parts.

PART-B

1. Define AC current and explain different terms used to explain AC current.

2. Explain Full wave bridge rectifier with a circuit diagram
3. Explain the construction and working of nickel iron battery with charging and
discharging Chemical reactions.
4. Explain the construction and working of Alternator with a sketch.
5. Explain the construction and working of electronic regulator with a circuit diagram.
6. Explain the working of battery ignition system with a circuit diagram.
7. Explain the meaning of terms used in specification of spark plug s.
8. a. Explain the importance of spark plug gap.
b. Draw the circuit diagram of parking light system and label parts.
9. Explain the construction and working of head light with a sketch.
10. Explain the construction and working of windscreen wiper mechanism with a sketch.

-------------------

Directorate Of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15AT42T Page 15

 Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bangalore
Course Title: PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION
Course Code:
Scheme (L:T:P) : 4:0:0 Total Contact Hours: 52
15ME44T
Type of Course: Lectures, Self Core/ Elective:
Credit :04
Study& Quiz Core
CIE- 25 Marks SEE- 100 Marks

Prerequisites: Enthusiasm to learn the subject

Course Objectives:

1. To create an awareness on Engineering Ethics and Human Values.

2. To instill Moral and Social Values and Loyalty.
3. Create awareness among engineers about their social responsibilities
4. Appreciate the Ethical issues
5. To Know the Human rights and concept of women empowerment
6. To know features of our constitution.

Course Outcomes:

7. On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain CO:
8.
Course Outcome CL Linked PO Teaching Hrs

CO1 Practice the moral values that ought to 10

R/U 5,6,7,8,10
guide the Engineering profession.
Discover of the set of justified moral U/A
principles of obligation, ideals that 09
CO2 5,7,8,10
ought to be endorsed by the engineers
and apply them to concrete situations
Know the definitions of risk and R/U
CO3 safety also discover different factors 5,6,7,10 05
that affect the perception of risk
Appreciate the Ethical issues and R/U
Know the code of ethics adopted in 06
CO4 5,6,7,10
various professional body’s and
industries
CO5 Justify the need for protection of R/U
human rights and to know about 5,6,7,8,10 8
concept of women empowerment
CO6 Know the successful functioning of R/U 14
5,6,7,9,10
democracy in India
Total sessions 52

Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 1

 COURSE-PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX

Course Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
PROFESSIONAL
ETHICS &
- - - - 3 3 3 3 2 3
INDIAN
CONSTITUTION

Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.

Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

COURSE CONTENT AND BLUE PRINT OF MARKS FOR SEE

Unit Hour Questions to be Marks weightage
No Unit Name set for weightage (%)
SEE

R U A

1
HUMAN VALUES 10 15 15 - 30 21

ENGINEERING 10 15 - 25 17
2
09
ETHICS

SAFETY, 05 - 10 15 11
3
RESPONSIBILITIES 05
OF ENGINEERS

ETHICAL ISSUES IN 05 05 5 15 11
4
ENGINEERING 06
PRACTICE

8 15 5 20 13
5 HUMAN RIGHTS
INDIAN 25 15 40 27
6
14
CONSTITUTION

Total 52 35 75 35 145 100

Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 2

UNITI: HUMAN VALUES 10Hrs

Professional Ethics-Objectives of study of professional ethics-Human values- Definition of

Morals and Ethics-Difference between Morality and Ethics-Values-Definition-Types of
values- Definition of Integrity- Concept of Work Ethic- Service Learning- Definition
Virtues-Definition-Civic Virtue-Duties and Rights - Respect for Others – Attitude and values,
opinions-changing attitude-beliefs-Reliability-Living Peacefully-Means to be adopted for
leaving peacefully-Caring-Sharing-Honesty-ValuingTime-Co-operation-Commitment-
Empathy-Self-Confidence-Spirituality.

UNTII: ENGINEERING ETHICS 09Hrs

Engineering ethics-Definition-Approach-Senses of Engineering Ethics-variety of moral

issues– Inquiry-Types-Moral dilemmas-Steps to solve dilemma-Moral autonomy –Definition-
consensus & controversy –Profession-Definition–Ethical theories-Theories about right action
Personality–Self control- Self-interest –Self respect.

UNITIII: SAFETY, RESPONSIBILITIES OF ENGINEERS 05Hrs

Safety and risk-definition- - assessment of safety and risk - risk benefit analysis and reducing
risk –Personal risk-Public risk-Reducing risk-Voluntary Risk-Collegiality and loyalty–
Authority-Types- collective bargaining -occupational crime –Responsibility of engineers–
Types-Social responsibility-Professional responsibility-confidentiality-conflicts of interest-
liability

UNIT IV:ETHICAL ISSUES IN ENGINEERING PRACTICE 06Hrs

Ethical issues–Industrial standards-Environmental ethics –Plastic waste disposal-E-Waste

Disposal-Semi conductor waste Disposal-Industrial waste disposal-Human centred
environmental ethics- computer ethics –Types of issues-Computer as the Instrument and
Object of Unethical Acts -Engineers as managers-Codes of ethics-Sample code of Ethics like
-Institution of Engineers(India)-Institute of Electrical & Electronics engineers- Institute of
Electronics & Telecommunication Engineers - Indian Institute of Materials Management.

UNIT V: HUMAN RIGHTS 8 Hrs

Human Rights-Definition-constitutional provisions-right to life and liberty-Human Rights of

Women-Discrimination against women- steps that are to be taken to eliminate discrimination
against women in Education, employment, health care, Economic and social life, Women in
rural areas- Status of Women in India - Constitutional Safeguards - Dowry Prohibition act
1961- Domestic violence act 2005- Sexual harassment at work place bill 2006-Human Rights
of Children- Who is a child- list the Rights of the Child- Right to education--Protection of
Children from Sexual Offences Act(POCSO)-2012- National Human Rights Commission-
Constitution- Powers and function of the Commission-Employee rights- Provisions made-
Contractual-Non contractual employee rights-Whistle blowing-definition-Aspects-Intellectual
Property Rights (IPR)–Meaning-Need for protection- Briefly description of concept of
patents, Copy right, Trade mark.
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 3
UNIT VI: INDIAN CONSTITUTION 14Hrs

Introduction to constitution of India-Formation and Composition of the Constituent

Assembly-Salient features of the Constitution-Preamble to the Indian Constitution
Fundamental Rights- Fundamental Duties-Directive principles of state policy.
Parliamentary system of governance- Structure of Parliament- Lokhasabha and Rajyasabha -
Functions of parliament- Legislative ,Executive, Financial Function, Powers of Loksabha and
Rajya Sabha- Procedure followed in parliament in making law-Structure of union executive-
Power and position of President, Vice President, Prime minister and council of ministers.
Structure of the judiciary: Jurisdiction and functions of Supreme Court, high court, and
subordinate courts
Federalism in the Indian constitution, Division of Powers- Union list, State list and
concurrent list, Structure of state legislation, Legislative assembly and Legislative council,
Functions of state legislature, Structure of state executive-Powers and positions of Governor,
,Speaker, Deputy Speaker, Chief Minister and council of minister.
Local self government- meaning-Threetiersystem-Villagepanchayath-Talukpanchayath-
Zillapanchayath-Local bodies-Municipalities and Corporations, Bruhath mahanagara Palike.
Functions of Election commission, UPSC, KPSC.

® TEXT BOOKS
1. Naagarazan, R.S. , “Professional Ethics and Human Values “ New age International
http://www.imd.inder.cu/adjuntos/article/524/Professional%20Ethics%20and%20Hu
man%20Values.pdf
2.Charles D. Fleddermann, "Engineering Ethics", Pearson Education / Prentice Hall,

3.NCERT_Indian_Constitution_at_Work_Political_Science_Class_11_www.upscport
al.com (1)

REFERENCES
1.Govindarajan M, Natarajan S, Senthil Kumar V. S, “Engineering Ethics”, Prentice
HallofIndia,NewDelhi,2004.
2. Charles E Harris, Michael S. Protchard and Michael J Rabins, "Engineering Ethics
- Concepts and Cases", Wadsworth Thompson Learning, United States, 2000
3. John R Boatright, "Ethics and the Conduct of Business", Pearson Education, New
Delhi,2003.
4. Edmund G Seebauer and Robert L Barry, "Fundamentals of Ethics for Scientists
and Engineers", Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2001
5.Mike Martin and Roland Schinzinger, "Ethics in Engineering", McGraw-Hill, New
York, 1996.
6. Introduction to the Constitution of India- Dr.Durga Das Basu
7. Empowerment of rural women in India-Hemalatha H.M and
RameshwariVarma,HemaPrakashana.

LIST OF LEARNING WEBSITES:

1. http://www.imd.inder.cu/adjuntos/article/524/Professional%20Ethics%20and%20Human
%20Values.pdf
2. http://www.course.sdu.edu.cn/G2S/eWebEditor/uploadfile/20131017113401956.pdf

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 4

SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT CASE STUDY
Note: The following or similar Case study related for assessing CIE (IA) for 10 marks
1 Teacher form the group of 5- 6 students, Ask to think by each student, about an important
value acquired from their child hood and the value still retained with them and value they
rejected. Ask to share the values retained and explore what has made to reject some values.
Make report
2 The construction company wants to make a feasibility study of a proposed ring road
near your city. It hires Civil engineer for this purpose. The engineer learns that the
project would have a very negative impact in term of pollution, economy, and lives of
low income rural population. The Engineer had no intention of divulge the information
during public hearings. What should the Engineer as Adviser to do? Make report
3 The computer engineer develops a computer program used as a tool in developing
other programs assigned to him. He uses the facilities of the company to develop the
program. He changes jobs and takes the only copy of the first program with him for
use in his new job. Will it be a violation of the employer’s right? Does he require
previous employer’s permission before using it on the new job? Make report
4 A manufacturing enterprise pays their Technicians Trainees overtime salary and a
handsome bonus to work during a strike period. The strike was organized by the union
against the unsafe working conditions of the plant. You, considered as a Technician
trainee, believe that the conditions may be unsafe even though no government
regulations apply. What will you do? Make report
Options:
1. Refuse to work, because thinking that the allegations of the union have merit
2. Refuse to work because believing that breaking the strike is unethical.
3. Continue to work, because he feels this is an obligation to the employees
4. Continue to work because it will help clear some of his pending commitments
5. Work, because otherwise Management is likely to be fired and cannot get
alternate job.
5 A woman who was driving a car was involved in an accident. The vehicle dashed
against the divider. She had fallen unconscious. You are passing by your vehicle. She
is known to you, alive and stable. You are going to appear for an interview for Air
Force recruitment.
Is it (or) is it not your duty to save her from suffering? You are likely to fulfill a duty
of protecting the country. What you will do .Apply Ethical theory on this situation.
Make report
6 Teacher form the group of 5- 6 students, Ask to Visit local general hospital/leading
Nursing homes. Ask them to observe how their hospital wastes being disposed. Will
they follow the safe disposable measures? Assess how it will violate their
environmental ethics. Make report

MORE SUGGESTED CASE STUDY FOR UNDERSTANDING THE COURSE

Case Studies: Study the cases given in text book Vide page number 120 to page number 138:
Naagarazan, R.S “Professional Ethics and Human Values “New age International (E-link
:http://www.imd.inder.cu/adjuntos/article/524/Professional%20Ethics%20and%20Human%20V
alues.pdf ) and analyzes the ethical issues and comment on what one should do. State ethical
principles, codes of ethics of professional societies, to support your comments.
Course Delivery:
∑ The course will be delivered through lectures and Power point presentations/ Video
∑ Teachers can encourage the students to take case study and make the report of the same.
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 5
 Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme:
What To When/Where Max Evidence Course outcomes
who (Frequency in Mark collected
m the course) s
Direct CIE IA Three tests
Assessment (Average of
20 Blue books 1,2,3,4,5,6
three tests to be

Students
computed)
One Case study 05 Report 1,2,3,4,5,6
Total 25
SEE End End of the course Answer scripts
100 1,2,3,4,5,6
Exam at BTE
Indirect Student Middle of the
Feedback 1 & 2,3 Delivery
Assessment Feedback on course
forms of course
course
Students

End of End of the course 1,2,3,4,5,6

Course Effectiveness of
Survey Delivery of
Questionnaires
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. After taking average of three tests marks, any decimals shall be
rounded off to the next higher digit.
Example only: RUBRICS/CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT’s CASE STUDY (5 Students in a group).

Scale Students Score

Dimension Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary 1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
1. Research and Does not Collects very Collects basic Collects more Collects a
gather data collect limited information, information, great deals
information information information, most refer to most refer to the of 3
relate to topic some relate the topic topic information,
to topic all refer to
the topic
2.Full fills Does notable to slightly able Not precisely Precisely Able Excellent in
teams roles and interpret data to interpret able to to interpret interpreting
data perform any data and interpret data Data and data and 4
interpretation duties assigned Performs and Performs Performs almost Performs all
to the team role very little nearly all all duties duties of
duties duties assigned
team roles
3.Shares work Always relies Rarely does Usually does Always does the Always
equally on others to do the assigned the assigned assigned work, does the
the work work, often work, rarely rarely needs assigned 5
needs needs reminding. work,
reminding reminding without
needing
reminding
4. Listen to Is always Usually does Listens, but Listens and talks Listens and
other team talking, never most of the sometimes talk a little more talks a fare
mates and able allows anyone talking, too much and than needed and amount and 2
to conclude to else to speak rarely allows able to infer able to precisely excellently
not able to infer and the conclude conclude
others to this opinion
speak and
slightly able
to infer
Grand Average/Total 14/4=3.5 ~ 4

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 6

 Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational
components (Bloom’s taxonomy) such as:
Sl. No Bloom’s Category % in Weightage
1 Remembering 35
2 Understanding 50
3 Application 10
4 Analysis (activities) 05

FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE)

Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks

PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & INDIAN

Ex: I test/6 th weak of I/II SEM
CONSTITUTION 20
sem 10-11 Am
Year: 15ME44T
Name of Course coordinator : Units:__
CO’s:____

Question
Question MARKS CL CO PO
no
1
2
3
4
Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).

MODEL QUESTION PAPER (CIE)

Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
PROFESSIONAL ETHICS&
Ex: I test/6 th weak of IV SEM
INDIAN CONSTITUTION 20
sem 10-11 Am
Year: 2015-16 Course code: 15ME44T
Name of Course coordinator : Units:1,2 and CO: 1,2
Note: Answer all questions and carry equal marks
Question
Question CL CO PO
no
1 List the factors for one to work peacefully. R 1 5,6,7
2 Illustrate the ethical aspect principle of caring or sharing, with an A 1 5,6,7
example?
OR
Explain various actions of an engineer leading to dishonesty?
3 State the specific virtues relating to honesty? R 2 5,7,8
OR
List the situations when moral dilemmas arise?
4 Explain the relation between autonomy and authority? A 2 5,7,8

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 7

 MODEL QUESTION PAPER
4- Semester Diploma Examination
PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION
Time: 3 Hours] [Max Marks: 100
Note: Answer any SIX from Part A and any SEVEN from Part B

PART-A 6x5=30 marks

1. Distinguish between ‘morality’ and ‘ethics’

2. Explain the terms, ‘Profession’, ‘Professional’, and ‘Professionalism’?
3. Name a few techniques (steps) to reduce risks?
4. List the ill effects of E waste disposal on environment?
5. Explain the role of computers as object of Unethical Acts?
6. State various provisions under ‘human rights?
7. Differentiate between ‘Patent’ and ‘Trade secret’?
8. State the function of Governor?
9. Write Note on gram panchayaths?
PART-B 7x10=70 marks

10. Illustrate the ethical aspect principle of caring or sharing, with an example?
11. Explain various actions of an engineer leading to dishonesty?
12. List the situations when moral dilemmas arise?
13. Distinguish between ‘corporate responsibility’ and ‘corporate accountability?
14. Explain Occupational crime?
15. Explain code of Ethics followed in Institution of Engineers?
16. Explain Sexual harassment at work place bill 2006?
17. Explain the basic structure of Parliament?
18. Explain the formation and functions of state high Court?
19. State the role of following members in Rajyasabha?:
a) Chairman
b) Leader of the house
c) Opposition leader

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 8

 MODEL QUESTION BANK
4th Semester
Course title: PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION
CO1: PRACTICE THE MORAL VALUES THAT OUGHT TO GUIDE THE ENGINEERING
PROFESSION.
Level-1: Remember
1. Define Engineering Ethics?
2. State the two approaches to Engineering ethics?
3. List different meanings of ‘ethics’.
4. List the key trends in engineering ethics?
5. Distinguish between ‘morality’ and ‘ethics’?
6. List different types of values and give a few examples in each?
7. List the civic virtues one should develop?
8. List the types of virtues, with an example for each
9. List the factors for one to work peacefully?
10. List different ways the honesty reflects?
11. List the benefits of empathy?
12. Define ‘character’. and ‘spirituality’?
Level-2: Understand
13. How do the human values evolve?
14. Explain the term ‘respect for others’ with suitable example?
15. Explain what should one do or not to do live peacefully?
16. Distinguish between ‘caring’ and ‘sharing’?
17. What are the impediments to proper co-operation?
18. Explain the factors that shape self-confidence in a person?
19. Explain two methods of developing self-confidence?
20. Illustrate the ethical aspect principle of caring or sharing, with an example?
21. Explain various actions of an engineer leading to dishonesty?
22. Explain Service Learning and discuss on its components?
23. Explain any two Human values in detail?

CO2: DISCOVER OF THE SET OF JUSTIFIED MORAL PRINCIPLES OF OBLIGATION, IDEALS

THAT OUGHT TO BE ENDORSED BY THE ENGINEERS AND APPLY THEM TO CONCRETE
SITUATIONS
Level-1: Remember
1. List the objectives of this course ‘professional ethics’?
2. Define the term, ‘moral dilemma’?
3. List the situations when moral dilemmas arise?
4. List the steps in confronting moral dilemma?
5. State the five characteristics of professionals?
6. State the specific virtues relating to honesty?
7. Define ‘corporate responsibility’
8. Define ‘corporate accountability?
9. List the skills required to handle moral problems/issues in engineering ethics?
Level-2: Understand
10. Why do people behave unethically?
11. Why and how do moral problems arise in a profession?
12. Explain the moral dilemma
13. Explain the difficulties in solving moral problems?
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 9
 14. Explain the relation between autonomy and authority?
15. Highlight the principle of ‘pre-conventional level’ of moral development?
16. Explain the terms, ‘Profession’, ‘Professional’, and ‘Professionalism’?
17. Describe the virtues fulfilled under professional responsibility?
18. Distinguish between ‘corporate responsibility’ and ‘corporate accountability?
19. What is moral integrity? Write on its significance?
20. Differentiate between self-respect and self-esteem.?
21. Distinguish between causal responsibility, moral responsibility and
Legal responsibility?
22. What is meant by Professional Responsibility?
23. Where and how do moral problems arise in engineering practice?
Justify the safety and other obligations of professional engineers?

CO3: KNOW THE DEFINITIONS OF RISK AND SAFETY ALSO DISCOVER DIFFERENT
FACTORS THAT AFFECT THE PERCEPTION OF RISK
Level-1: Remember
1. Name the factors that influence the perception of risk?
2. List the factors that affect the risk acceptability?
3. Name a few techniques (steps) to reduce risks?
4. List various aspects of collegiality?
5. List factors/principles to justify ‘confidentiality’?
6. State the difference between ‘bribe’ and ‘gift’?
Level-2: Understand
7. What is meant by ‘safe exit’, in the study of safety?
8. Describe ‘institutional authority’ with an example?
Level-3: Application
9. Explain ‘collective bargaining with example?
10. Explain briefly ‘‘institutional authority?
11. Explain Occupational crime?
CO4: APPRECIATE THE ETHICAL ISSUES AND KNOW THE CODE OF ETHICS
ADOPTED IN VARIOUS PROFESSIONAL BODY’S AND INDUSTRIES
Level-1: Remember
1. List the ill effects of E waste disposal on environment?
2. Define ‘computer ethics’? List the issues in ‘computer ethics’?
3. Name different types of problems in ‘computer ethics’?
4. List the ethical problems by computers in workplace?
5. List the ethical features involved in computer crime?
Level-2: Understand
6. Describe briefly on code of ethics?
7. Write note on Industrial standards?
8. What are the duties of an engineer as an experimenter, in environmental ethics?
9. How the plastic waste disposals create havocs?
10. Discuss on Industrial waste disposal creating disasters on environment?
Level-3: Application
11. Explain ‘environmental ethics’?

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 10

12. Explain human centred environmental ethics?
13. Explain the role of computers as instruments?
14. Explain the role of computers as object of Unethical Acts?
15. Explain the role of engineers as managers?
16. Explain code of Ethics followed in Institution of Engineers?
17. Explain code of Ethics followed in engineering council of India?
18. Explain code of Ethics followed in TATA group?
19. Explain code of Indian Institute of Materials Management?

CO 5: JUSTIFY THE NEED FOR PROTECTION OF HUMAN RIGHTS AND TO KNOW

ABOUT CONCEPT OF WOMEN EMPOWERMENT
Level-1: Remember
1. State various provisions under ‘human rights?
2. List the features of ‘international human rights?
3. State the provisions under professional rights?
4. State the features of the employee rights?
5. List the principles of conflict resolution?
6. List the ethical responsibilities of consulting engineers?
7. List the various Special Programs for Women's Development from government?
Level-2: Understand
8. Describe briefly ‘trademark’?
9. Differentiate between ‘Patent’ and ‘Trade secret’?
10. Describe briefly ‘right of conscientious refusal’?
11. Describe ‘right to due processes?
12. Describe ‘intellectual property rights?
Level-3: Application
13. Explain briefly the ‘copyright’?
14. Explain briefly about patents?
15. Explain on the participation in professional societies? `
16. Explain the concept of women empowerment?
17. Explain woman and Development?
18. Explain Dowry Prohibition act 1961?
19. Explain POCSO act 2012?
20. Explain domestic violence act 2005?
21. Explain Sexual harassment at work place bill 2006?
CO6: KNOW THE SUCCESSFUL FUNCTIONING OF DEMOCRACY IN INDIA
Level-1: Remember
1. List the function and powers of parliament?
2. State the positions and powers of the Governor?
3. State the powers and Functions of the Chief Minister?
4. State the functions of Taluk panchayaths?
5. State the functions of Zilla panchayaths?
6. List the functions of urban local bodies?
7. State the powers of the president?
8. State the functions of the president?
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 11
 9. State the powers and Functions of the prime minister?
Level-2: Understand
10. Describe briefly about Indian constitution?
11. Write about structure of Parliament?
12. What are the Procedure followed in parliament in making law?
13. Describe the role of gram panchayaths in community upliftment?
14. Describe the role of: a) Chairman b) Leader of the house c) Opposition leader in
Rajyasabha?
15. Describe importance of Judiciary?
16. Describe the Structure of state legislation
17. Describe the Jurisdiction of Supreme court,
18. Describe the Jurisdiction high court?
Level-3: Application
19. Explain theFormation & Composition of constituent assembly?
20. Explain preamble and its main objectives of Indian constitution?
21. Explain the fundamental Rights of Every citizen?
22. Explain the fundamental Duties of Every citizen?
23. Explain salient features of Indian constitution?
24. Explain the basic structure of Parliament?
25. Explain the composition of Lokasabha?
26. Explain the composition of Rajyasabha?
27. Explain the Directive principles of state policy?
28. Explain the Structure Of The Judiciary?
29. Explain the Powers of Rajya Sabha and Loksabha ?
30. Describe briefly about, Division of Powers- Union list, State list and concurrent list,
31. Explain the federalism in the Indian constitution ?
32. Explain the role of vice president?
33. Explain the role of State council of ministers?
34. Explain the functions of Zilla panchayaths?
35. Explain the formation and functions of Supreme Court?
36. Explain the formation and functions of state high Court?
37. Explain the formation and functions of subordinate courts?
38. Explain the formation of three tier system for local self government?

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 12

Course Title: Computer Aided Assembly Drawing Course Code: 15AT43P
Credits (L:T:P) :0:2:4 Credit-3 Core/ Elective: Core
Type of course: Tutorial/Practical Total Contact Hours: 78
CIE- 25 Marks SEE- 50 marks

Prerequisites:

Basic knowledge of Engineering Graphics I&II studied in the previous semesters.

Course Objectives:
To know the concepts of Automobiles components assembly, machine drawing.

On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain CO:

Course Outcome CL Experiments linked Linked Teaching

POs Hours

CO1 Interpret the machine Contents of UNIT1 10

drawings. U/A 1,2,3,4,8,9
and UNIT5
Understand the role of
Computers in Machine U/A Contents of UNIT2 1,2 03
CO2
Drawing

Demonstrate CAD Contents of UNIT3

CO3 U 1,2 12
commands. and 4

Draw different Contents of UNIT5

auto/machine U/A 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 53
CO4 and 6
component drawings.
Total
78
sessions

COURSE PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX:

Course Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Computer aided assembly
drawing
3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT43P Page 1

 Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Course Delivery:
The course will be delivered through Tutorials, demonstration.

Course Content:

Unit I: Introduction to Machine Drawing

Requirements of machine drawing, drawing views – front – top - side, section plane, sectional views – full –
half – local - partial – revolved – removed – offset, conventions of section lines, conventional representation
of machine parts, production drawing – tolerance – hole basis system – shaft basis system, limits – upper –
lower, fits – clearance fit – interference fit - transition fit, surface roughness – representation of surface
roughness on drawings, assembly drawing – types – sequence of preparing assembly drawing.

Unit II: Computer Aided Drafting

Information about CAD – comparison between manual drawing & CAD – advantages of using CAD –areas
of applications, System requirements for CAD. Setting drawing area - coordinates – units - limits – grid –
snap – Osnap – Ortho mode.

Unit III: Drawing Entities

Draw/sketch tools- point – line – construction line – circle – arc – polygon – poly line – hatch – text – ellipse
– rectangle – spline – donut – modifying/changing entities properties.

Unit IV: Modifying Entities

Modify / Edit tools – erase – copy – array – move – mirror – offset – rotate – scale – stretch – trim – extend –
break – explode – join – chamfer – fillet.

Unit V:Assembly Drawing

Drawing detailed parts drawings – assembling the parts – drawing sectional front view –drawing top/side
view.

Unit VI: Dimensioning and Printout

Dimension the assembly in different views– setting the drawing for printing – printout.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT43P Page 2

 Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme:

When/Where
Method

Max Evidence Course

What To whom (Frequency in
Marks collected outcomes
the course)
Manual
assignments Drawing/
10 1,2,3,4
( Average to Sketch book
Direct Assessment

CIE(Continuous be computed)
Internal IA Assembly
Evaluation) drawing &
Students
print outs 15 Print outs 1,2,3,4
(Average to be
computed)
SEE ( Semester
End End of the Answer scripts
End 50 1,2,3,4
Examination)
Exam course at BTE
Student Feedback on Middle of the Feedback 1&,2 Delivery
course course forms of course
Assessment

1,2,3,4
Indirect

Effectiveness
Students
End of the of Delivery of
End of Course Survey Questionnaires
course instructions &
Assessment
Methods

*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination

Note:
1. Average of manual assignments and assembly drawings/printouts shall be separately rounded off to
the next higher digit..

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT43P Page 3

MODEL OF RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY/ASSIGNEMENT

Note: Dimensions in the below table are only representatives and lecturer has to design/decide suitable dimensions based on the
activity given.

Dimension Scale Students Score

Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary 1 2 3 4 5
1marks 2marks 3marks 4marks 5marks

1. Research and gather Does not collect Collects very Collects basic Collects more Collects a great 1
information information relate limited information, most information, most deals of
to topic information refer to the topic refer to the topic information, all
,some relate to refer to the topic
topic

2.Full fills teams roles Does not perform Performs very Performs nearly Performs almost Performs all 2
and duties any duties little duties all duties all duties duties of assigned
assigned to the team roles
team role

3.Shares work equally Always relies on Rarely does the Usually does the Always does the Always does the 3
others to do the assigned work, assigned work, assigned work, assigned work,
work often needs rarely needs rarely needs without needing
reminding reminding reminding. reminding

4. listen to other team Is always talking, Usually does Listens, but Listens and talks Listens and talks 4
mates never allows most of the sometimes talk a little more than a fare amount
anyone to else to talking, rarely too much, needed.
speak allows others to
speak

Grand Average/Total=1+2+3+4/4=10/4=2.5=3 3

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT43P Page 4

Resources

Reference books:

Sl no Title of book author publisher

1 Automobile Engineering Drawing R B Gupta Satya prakashan
N D Bhatt and V M
2 Machine Drawing Charotar Publishing
Panchal
3 Machine Drawing K R Gopalakrishna Subhas Stores

2. Software: Any Genuine CAD software or free and open source CAD software.

LAB EXERCISES

Assembly drawings of following automotive components:

Note: 1. each drawing should be drawn with proper border, title block and bill of materials.
2. Detailed drawing sheets should be provided to students, students have to draw detailed
drawings first then assembly drawing has to be drawn.

1. Piston with piston pin

2. Connecting rod assembly.
3. Single plate clutch
4. Synchromesh unit
5. Master cylinder
6. Wheel cylinder
7. Diesel Injector
8. SU carburetor
9. Balanced crank shaft
10. Universal coupling

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT43P Page 5

SCHEME OF EVALUATION

a. Internal evaluation

ÿ All the exercises are compulsory.

ÿ Students should draw the detailed parts drawings of each exercise manually at home in drawing
sketch/record book as assignment before attending the class to practice on that exercise in CAD
software.
ÿ Each in-time completed assignment carries 1 mark. (1X10 Exercise).
ÿ Each completed assembly drawing carries 1 mark & print out carries 0.5 marks. (1.5X10).
ÿ Printouts of assembly drawing are to be kept along with respective manual drawing in lab record.

b. Semester End examination

Serial no Description Marks

1 Drawing of detailed parts 20

2 Sectional front view 15

3 Top/side view 10

4 Dimensioning & Print out 05

Total 50

LAB FACILITIES REQUIRED:

1. Personnel computer with 17” color LED monitor, Intel core i5 fifth gen processor, 4 GB ram,
Graphics card with 2 GB RAM -20 numbers.
2. Laser jet Printer-02.
3. UPS 5KV.
4. Genuine CAD software / Free and open source CAD software.
5. LCD Projector.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT43P Page 6

Course Title: Automobile Electrical & Electronics System lab Course Code: 15AT44P
Credits (L:T:P) : 0:2:4 Credit-3 Core/ Elective: Core
Type of course: Tutorials and Practices Total Contact Hours: 78
CIE- 25 Marks SEE- 50 marks

Prerequisites: Knowledge of Automobile Electrical system being studied in IV

semester.

Course Objectives:

The student should be able to perform servicing, trouble shooting and testing of various
automobile electrical and electronics systems and components.

On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain CO'S:
CL Experiments Linked PO Teaching
Course Outcome linked Hrs

Perform the basic procedures to

21
CO1 check different electrical and U/A 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4,8,9,10
electronics components.
Perform the different test on
CO2 battery, analyze & maintain the U/A 5,6 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 06
battery.
Overhaul/service the
generators, alternators and
U/A 7,8,9 18
starting motors by conducting 1,2,3,4,8,9,10
CO3 necessary/standard tests and
repairs.
Identify different components
of ignition system, diagnose the 06
CO4 U/A 10 1,2,3,4,8,9,10
fault, rectify it and set the
ignition timing.
Service and trouble shoot
C05 lighting system and all the U/A 11,12,13,14,15 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 18
basic electrical accessories.
prepare circuits of different
electrical systems by 09
CO6 U/A 17 1,2,3,4,8,9,10
understanding wiring diagrams
of different vehicles.
Total sessions 78

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT44P Page 1

COURSE PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX

Course Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Automobile
Electrical and
3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3
Electronics systems
lab
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Course Content:

UNIT-I

Tutorials:

Tutorial class for every graded exercise should include the fallowing

1. Precautions to be taken during conduction of each exercise.

2. Proper tools to be used and sequence to conduct each exercise.
3. Relevant circuit diagrams with tabular columns and formulae.
4. Any measurements/adjustments to be made in each exercise.
5. Discussion on trouble shooting of each system.

UNIT-II

Sl No List of Graded Exercises: Hours

a. Find the resistance of given resistor using colour code and multi meter.
b. Find the equivalent resistance in series and parallel circuits.
1 c. Find the voltage drop in series and parallel circuits. 06
d. Check the value of unknown resistance by using Wheatstone bridge
circuit.
a. Practice on checking the condition of Capacitor.
2 b. Practice on checking the condition of diode. 06
c. Check the Zener diode used to regulate the cut off voltage.
3 Practice on creating circuits of half wave rectifier, Full wave bridge rectifier 06
4 Practice on creating circuit to demonstrate Transistor as a switch function. 03
5 Test the battery charge condition using hydrometer, Voltmeter. 03
a. Practice on preparation of electrolyte.
6 b. Charging of Lead acid battery by constant voltage method, charging 03
multiple batteries and trickle charging.
7 a. Practice on Servicing of the D C generator. 06

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT44P Page 2

 b. Test field windings, brush holders armature for continuity, short and open
circuit using growler/ Multifunction Tester.
a. Practice on servicing of the Alternator.
8 b. Test stator, rotor and rectifier for continuity, short and open circuit using 06
Multifunction Tester / Test lamp
a. Practice on servicing of the Starter motor.
9 b. Test field windings, brush holders armature and solenoid switch for 06
continuity, short and open circuit using growler/ Multifunction Tester
a. Practice on servicing of the distributor, setting CB point’s gap and
10 checking dwell angle. 09
b. Servicing of the sparkplug cleaning, testing and adjusting gap.
c. Checking and setting ignition timing and starting the engine.
11 Practice on servicing and tuning of horns. 03
12 Practice on servicing of the Wiper motor. 03
13 Practice on aiming of head lights. 03
14 Practice on testing of fuel gauge and Temperature gauge. 03
15 Practice on replacement of bulbs, fuses and relays. 03
Construction of different circuits like:
a. Ignition Circuit
b. Charging Circuit.
16 c. Starting circuit. 09
d. Wind screen wiper circuit
e. Horn circuit
f. Fuel and Temperature gauges circuits
g. Head lights, parking lights, direction indicators circuits.
Total hours 78

Course Delivery: The course will be delivered through lectures, presentations and classroom

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT44P Page 3

Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme:

When/Where
Method

To Max Evidence Course

What (Frequency in
whom Marks collected outcomes
the course)

Two IA Tests
(Average of
two Tests) 10 Blue books 1,2,3,4,5,6
DIRECT ASSESSMENT

CIE
(Continuous
IA Mini Projects 10 Models 1,2,3,4,5,6
Internal Tests
Evaluation) Lab Records 05 Lab 1,2,3,4,5,6
Students
Records
(Average to be
computed)

TOTAL 25
SEE (Semester Answer
End End End of the
50 scripts at 1,2,3,4,5,6
Examination) Exam course
BTE

1 ,2 & 3
Student Feedback on Middle of the Feedback
Delivery of
course course forms
course
INDIRECT ASSESSMENT

Students 1,2,3, 4,5,6

Questionnaires

Effectiveness
End of the of Delivery of
End of Course Survey
course instructions &
Assessment
Methods

*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination

Note:
1. I.A. test shall be conducted as per SEE scheme of valuation. However obtained marks
shall be reduced to 10 marks. Average marks of two tests shall be rounded off to the
next higher digit.
2. Rubrics to be devised appropriately by the concerned faculty to assess Mini
project/Student activities.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT44P Page 4

MODEL OF RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY/ASSIGNMENT/MINI PROJECT

Note: The dimensions in the below table are representative only and lecturer has to design/decide suitable dimensions based on the activity
given.

Dimension Scale Students Score

Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good 4marks Exemplary 5marks 1 2 3 4 5
1marks 2marks 3marks

1. Research and gather Does not collect Collects very Collects basic Collects more Collects a great 2
information information relate limited information, information, deals of
to topic information, most refer to the most refer to the information, all
some relate to topic topic refer to the topic
topic

2.Full fills teams roles and Does not perform Performs very Performs nearly Performs almost Performs all 3
duties any duties assigned little duties all duties all duties duties of
to the team role assigned team
roles

3.Shares work equally Always relies on Rarely does the Usually does the Always does the Always does the 4
others to do the assigned work, assigned work, assigned work, assigned work,
work often needs rarely needs rarely needs without needing
reminding reminding reminding. reminding

4. listen to other team Is always talking, Usually does Listens, but some Listens and talks Listens and talks 5
mates never allows most of the times talk too a little more than a fare amount
anyone to else to talking, rarely much, needed.
speak allows others to
speak

Grand Average/Total=2+3+4+5/4=14/4=3.5=4 4

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT44P Page 5

Resources:

Reference books:

Sl No Title of the book Author Name Publisher

National Instructional
Mechanic Motor Vehicle
01 ---------- Media Institute,
Trade theory and Practical
Chennai
02 Automobile Engineering Practices. N.Malhotra Asian publishers
Vehicle Maintenance &Garage
03 Jigar A Doshi PHI Learning,Delhi
Practice
- W. H. Crouse
04 Automotive Mechanics Tata MCgraw-Hill
& Anglin
05 Diesel Engineering Sean Bennett CENGAGE Learning
Automotive Technology
06 Jack Erjavec CENGAGE Learning
Harban Singh
07 Automobile Engineering S Chand
Rayath
08 Charts and cut section models

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT44P Page 6

SCHEME OF EVALUATION

Serial no Description Marks

Writing procedure

1 a) One exercise from list of exercises 01-04 (05+05) = 10

b) One exercise from list of exercises 05-16

Conducting & Performance

2 a) One exercise from list of exercises 01-04 (20+10) = 30

b) One exercise from list of exercises 05-16

3 Viva-voice 10

Total 50

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT44P Page 7

TOOLS & EQUIPMENT LIST

1. Mechanic tool kit

2. Arbour press
3. Volt meter, Ammeter, Multi meter, Tong tester, feeler gauges,
4. Air compressor
5. Tripod stands
6. Three jaw bearing pullers
7. Growler
8. Multifunction tester
9. Battery Charger
10. Spark plug cleaning & testing machine
11. Neon timing light
12. Tacho-dwell tester
13. Hydrometer
14. Cell tester
15. Test lamps
16. Auto electrical test bench

LIST OF COMPONENTS REQUIRED

1. Lead Acid Batteries.

2. Dynamos
3. Alternators
4. Starting motors of different starting drives (Bendix, Axially sliding armature, over
running clutch type).
5. Spark plugs
6. Distributor assemblies
7. Ignition coils
8. Magneto assembly
9. Fuel, Oil, Temperature gauges.
10. wiper motors
11. Horns different types
12. All types of bulbs, fuses, relays.
13. Diodes 15V-30A, 15V-5A
14. Zener diodes 15V – 30A
15. Resistors of different values
16. Transistors PNP, NPN
17. Capacitors 1000 μF -15V.
18. Petrol engine with coil ignition system.
19. Recent Make 4 Wheeler.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT44P Page 8

 MODEL QUESTION BANK

1. Conduct the experiment to find equivalent resistance of the given series and parallel
circuits using multi meter and verify it with theoretical results (find resistance of
resistors with their color codes)
2. Conduct the experiment to find the voltage drop across each resistor in given series
and parallel circuit and verify with theoretical values.
3. Conduct the experiment to find the unknown resistance in the Wheat stone bridge
network of resistors and verify with theoretical values.
4. Conduct the experiment to find condition of given capacitor and diode.
5. Conduct the experiment to show the function of zener diode as a voltage regulator
with a circuit.
6. Conduct the experiments to create half wave rectifier circuit to show the function of
diode as rectifier.
7. Conduct the experiments to create full wave bridge rectifier circuit to show the
function of diodes as rectifier.
8. Conduct the experiments to create a circuit to show the function of transistor as
rectifier.
9. Conduct the experiments to Test the battery charge condition using hydrometer,
Voltmeter.
10. Conduct the experiment to service the given DC generator and list worn/missing parts
also conduct various tests to check different components.
11. Conduct the experiment to service the given Alternator and list worn/missing parts
also conduct various tests to check different components.
12. Conduct the experiment to service the given Starter motor and list worn/missing parts
also conduct various tests to check different components.
13. Conduct the experiment to service the given Distributor and list worn/missing parts
also conduct various tests to check different components.
14. Conduct the experiment to service the given spark plug and check the condition using
spark plug testing machine.
15. Conduct the experiment to check and set the ignition timing of a given engine using
test lamp/ timing light.
16. Conduct the experiment to service the given electric horn and list worn/missing parts.
17. Conduct the experiment to service the given wiper motor and list worn/missing parts
also conduct various tests to check different components.
18. Conduct the experiment to service the given fuel gauge and temperature gauge and
list worn/missing parts also conduct various tests to check different components.
19. Conduct the experiment to Aim the head lights.
20. Conduct the experiments to create Ignition Circuit.
21. Conduct the experiments to create Charging Circuit.
22. Conduct the experiments to create Starting circuit.
23. Conduct the experiments to create Wind screen wiper circuit
24. Conduct the experiments to create Horn circuit
25. Conduct the experiments to create Fuel and Temperature gauges circuits
26. Conduct the experiments to create Head lights circuit.
27. Conduct the experiments to create direction indicator circuits.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT44P Page 9

 Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bangalore
Prerequisites: Theoretical concepts Work shop technology

Course Title: MECHANICAL WORK SHOP PRACTICE

Course Code:
Scheme (L:T:P) : 0:2:4 Total Contact Hours: 78
15ME06P
Type of Course: Tutorial and Core/ Elective:
Credit :03
practice Core(practice)
CIE- 25 Marks SEE- 50 marks
Course Objectives:

1. To understand basic Metal fabrication processes

2. To understand various Metal removal operations and Procedure protocols.

On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain CO:
CL Linked Linked PO Teaching
Course Outcome practices Hrs
Acquire Metal fabrication skill by ALL
Welding for a given Automobile welding
job and various sheet metals joint U/A and sheet 1,2,3,4,5,68,9,10 40
CO1 for required applications /Utility metal
items excises
ALL
Demonstrate and prepare various foundry
Foundry operations for required U/A 1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10 12
CO2 shop
applications
excisess
ALL
forging
Acquire metal shaping process U/A 1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10
shop 26
skill by Forging for a given job
CO3 excisess

Total sessions 78

COURSE-PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX

Course Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MECHANICAL WORK
3 3 3 3 3 3 - 3 3 3
SHOP PRACTICE

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile

 Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

COURSE CONTENT

Unit
Hour
No Unit Name

1 WELDING AND SHEET METAL PRACTICE 40

2 FOUNDRY PRACTICE 12
3 FORGING PRACTICES 26
Total 78

UNITI: WELDING AND SHEET METAL PRACTICE 40Hrs

Demonstration and detailed explanation of tools and equipment used-Description and

specification of welding transformer, gas welding machine-various types of welding machine
like TIG/MIG equipments–Welding joints-Bending operation, upsetting operation,-Safety
measures to be observed in the smithy shop
HANDS-ON-EXERCISE
Job I: Simple job on butt joint.
Job II: Simple job on Lap joint
Job III:Simple job on T joint and Lap joint
Introduction and demonstration of hand tools used in sheet metal shop.- different types of
hammers, hard and soft mallet, sheet and wire gauge,- demonstration of various raw materials
used in sheet metal shop e.g. M.S. sheet, galvanized-iron plain sheet, galvanized corrugated
sheet, aluminum sheets etc.
HANDS-ON-EXERCISE
Job I: Practice on making single riveted lap joint/double riveted lap Joint.
Job II: Practice on making single cover plate chain type, seam joint and Preparation of any
one utility articles

UNITII: FOUNDRY SHOP 12Hrs

Study of Foundry Tools and Equipment-Sand Mixing, Study of cope and drag-Practice in a
single box-Cutting Practice by double box
Hands on Experience
Preparation of moulds-
Job I:Hexagon, Square and Circular Mould
JobII: Combination of Hexagon with Square or Circular Mould
JobIII: Flange coupling,V – Pulley/ Gear pulley by using pattern

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile

UNITIII: FORGING PRACTICE 26Hrs
Demonstration and detailed explanation of tools and equipment used-Description and
specification of anvils, swage blocks, hammers, tongs, fullers, swages -Forging operations in
smithy shop-Bending operation, upsetting operation,-Safety measures to be observed in the
smithy shop
Hands on Experience
Job I: To forge a L-hook.
Job II: To prepare a job involving upsetting process
Job III: To forge a chisel

Resource:

Text books;

Elements of Workshop Technology (Vols.I and II) by Hajrachaudhary

SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITYS

1 Take the students for local body building works observe the sheet metal practices followed
in body building worksand discuss different operations being carried out there.

2 Ask the students to observe the Welding operations carried out in local garages
3 Ask the students to observe the forging operations carried out in local vicinity
4 Ask the students to observe the foundry operations carried out in local vicinity

Course Delivery:
1. The course will be delivered through Demonstration and Shop practices.
2. Show video/animation films of different Welding/sheet metal/Machine tool operations
to explain proper procedures and to make concepts more clear.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile

 MODEL OF RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY

Dimension Scale Students Score

Unsatisfactory Developing satisfactory Good Exemplary 1 2 3 4 5
1. Research and gather Does not collect Collects very Collects basic Collects more Collects a great 1
information information relate limited information, most information, most deals of
to topic information, some refer to the topic refer to the topic information, all
relate to topic refer to the topic
2.Full fills teams roles Does not perform Performs very Performs nearly all Performs almost Performs all duties 2
and duties any duties little duties duties all duties of assigned team
assigned to the roles
team role
3.Shares work equally Always relies on Rarely does the Usually does the Always does the Always does the 3
others to do the assigned work, assigned work, assigned work, assigned work,
work often needs rarely needs rarely needs without needing
reminding reminding reminding. reminding
4. listen to other team Is always talking, Usually does most Listens, but some Listens and talks a Listens and talks a 4
mates never allows any of the talking, times talk too little more than fare amount
one to else to rarely allows much, needed.
speak others to speak
Grand Average/Total=1+2+3+4/4=10/4=2.5=3 3

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15AT32T Page 4

Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme:

What To whom When/Where Max Evidence Course

(Frequency in Marks collected outcomes
the course)
CIE IA Students Student 10 Report 1,2,3,
Assessment

activities
Record 15 Graded exercises 1,2,3,
(Average marks
rounded off to
the next higher
digit)
Direct
meth

SEE End End of the 50 Answer scripts 1,2,3,

Exam course at BTE
Student Feedback Students Middle of the Feedback forms 1,2,3 Delivery
on course course of course
End of Course End of the Questionnaires 1,2,3,
Survey course Effectiveness
Assessment

of Delivery of
Indirect

instructions &
Assessment
Methods
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination
Note:
1. Rubrics to be devised appropriately by the concerned faculty to assess Mini project/Student
activities.
Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components (Bloom’s taxonomy)
such as:
Sl. No Bloom’s Category % Weightage
1 Understanding 40
2 Applying the knowledge acquired from 45
3 Analysis 10
4 Evaluation& Creating new knowledge 05
Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of
semester
1. Student suggested activities report for 10 marks
2. Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions &
Assessment Methods.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile

 Scheme of Valuation for End Examination
Note: Any one model from Welding and sheet metal or Foundry
or Forging practice
Marks
Serial no Description

Listing of tools & operations required for

1 05
performing job

2 Marking of job 05

3 Operation performed 10

4 Dimensional accuracy of job 10

5 Finishing of job 10

6 Viva 10

TOTAL 50

EQUIPMENT LIST:

A: WELDING

Sl. No Name of equipment(Welding shop) Number

1. Arc welding transformer upto 300Amps 03

2. Welding shield 20

3. Ball peen Hammer 11/2 Lbs 10

4. Chipping Hammer 10

5. Wire brush 10

6. Anvil 01

7. Hand Gloves 05

8. Flat tongs 10

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile

 9. Steel scale 10

10. Flat file 14″ rough bastard file 10

11. Oxygen cylinder 01

12. Acetylene cylinder 01

13. Gas welding torch 05

14. Spark lighter 05

15. Gas welding goggles 10

16. Gas cutting torch 02

FOR SHEET METAL PRACTICE

SL.NO NAME OF THE EQUIPMENT NO. OF NO.OF
STUDENTS/BATCH EQUIPMENT
REQUIRED
01 Steel Rule 20 20

02 Try square 20 20
03 Scriber 20 20
04 Shearing machine 20 04
05 Snip 20 20
06 Mallet 20 20
07 Bench vice 20 10
08 Stacks 20 04

FOR FORGING PRACTICE

SL.NO NAME OF THE EQUIPMENT NO. OF NO.OF
STUDENTS/BATCH EQUIPMENT
REQUIRED
01 Open hearth furnace 20 04

02 Flat tongs 20 20
03 Round tongs 20 20
04 Anvil 20 05
05 Sledge hammer 20 20
06 Flatener 20 20
07 Swage block 20 05

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile

FOR FOUNDRYPRACTICE
SL.NO NAME OF THE EQUIPMENT NO. OF NO.OF
STUDENTS/BATCH EQUIPMENT
REQUIRED
01 Moulding boxes 20 20
02 Rammer 20 20
03 Flateners 20 20
04 Steel rule 20 20
05 Try square 20 20
06 Trowel 20 20
07 Strike off bar 20 20
08 Showel 20 05

MODEL FOR PRACTICE

WELDING SHOP

Copy the given sketch of the joint, and then make the joint using the given MS flat piece.

SHEET METAL SHOP

1. Make the joints as per the given sketch shown below

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile

2. Prepare square container

2.Prepare the model as per the given sketch

3.Prepare the model as per the given sketch

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile

UNITIII: FORGING PRACTICE

1.Prepare the model as per the given sketch

3.Prepare the model as per the given sketch

3.Prepare the model as per the given sketch

10

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile

FOR FOUNDRYPRACTICE

1.Prepare the model as per the given sketch 2..Prepare the model as per the given sketch

3..Prepare the model as per the given sketch

11

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile

 12

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Automobile

 4£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï-PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-2 (PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀjUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ)

Course: Course Code:15KA4NT

4th Kannada Kali-2 (2016-17)
Semester No. of Credits:02 No. of teaching
hours/week:02
No. of teaching
hours/Semester:26
Mode of Assessment and Evaluation: Maximum Marks: 50
Semester End Examination (SEE only)
(SEE)only. No CIE. Minimum Passing marks:20

GzÉÝñÀ:

1. PÉüÀĪÀÅzÀÄ, UÀ滸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ, ¤gÀUÀð¼ÀªÁV ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀàµÀÖªÁV NzÀĪÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ (C©üªÀåQÛ¸ÀĪÀ)

¸ÁªÀÄxÀåðªÀ£ÀÄß ¨É¼É¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
2. eÁÕ£Ádð£É, ¸Á»vÁå©ügÀÄa, aAvÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ D£ÀAzÀPÁÌV ¸ÀévÀAvÀæªÁV NzÀ®Ä, §gÉAiÀÄ®Ä ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀ®Ä
¸ÀªÀÄxÀðgÁUÀĪÀAvÉ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
3. ¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÛ£ÀÄß ºÉaѹPÉÆAqÀÄ ¸ÀàµÀÖ GZÁÑgÀuÉAiÉÆqÀ£É °TvÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiËTPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀiÁr¹,
¸ÀévÀAvÀæªÁV ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ §¼ÀPÉ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
4. £ÁqÀÄ-£ÀÄr, ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸Á»vÀåUÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ DwäAiÀÄ ¨sÁªÁ©üªÀiÁ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¨É¼É¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
5. QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ½AzÀ ¨sÁµÁ P˱À®åzÀ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ ªÀiÁr¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ./PÀ°¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
(QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉ JAzÀgÉ, ªÀtðªÀiÁ¯É ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ, ªÁåPÀgÀtzÀ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ, UÀÄtÂvÁPÀëgÀ,
¸ÀAAiÀÄÄPÁÛPÀëgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, £ÁªÀÄ¥ÀzÀ, °AUÀ, ªÀZÀ£À, ¥ÀævÀåAiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, ªÁPÀågÀZÀ£É (PÀvÀÈ, PÀªÀÄð, QæAiÀiÁ¥ÀzÀ) EvÁå¢).

Course outcome:
1. Developing listening and speaking skills.
2. Easy Interaction with peers.
3. Students can use the language at ease in daily life situations

¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¨sÁµÁ P˱À®å

(PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-¥ÀoÀå¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ -²æà °AUÀzÉêÀgÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉêÀÄ£É – PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À)

¨sÁUÀ-2
¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï
PÀæªÀiÁAPÀ ¥ÀoÀåªÀ¸ÀÄÛ«£À «ªÀgÀ - Curriculum Content ¨ÉÆÃzsÀ£À DªÀ¢ü
Lesson Total
No no.of
Classes
/Sem
Part-I
11 Plan to go for a movie. Comparative, non-past 02
tense, instrumental and ablative case
12 Conversation between Doctor & Patient. 02
Potential forms, accusative case.
13 Enquiring about friend’s family 02

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 1

 Past tense –d, and –t- and –id-, negation.
14 Conversation between friends – Past tense –k – T – D 02
and –id-v negation verbal noun
15 Routine activities of a Student. 01
16 About children’s education. 02
Continuous, Perfect tenses and negations.
17 Halebidu - Belur 02
Relative participle, negation and Participle nouns.
18 Discussing about Examination and future plan- 03
conditional and negative conditions.
19 Karnataka (Lesson for reading)(reading skill) 03
20 bEku bEDagaLu (Lesson for reading ( Reading skill) 03
Part- Kannada Scripts 03
II
ECA-word/sentence formation/letter/small essay 01
writing
MlÄÖ UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 26

¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ:
 ªÉÄð£À ¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À ¥ÀÄ£ÀgÁªÀwðvÀ ¨sÁUÀUÀ½UÉ §zÀ¯ÁV “QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉ”¬ÄAzÀ UÀ½¸ÀĪÀ CPÀëgÀ eÁÕ£À
¢AzÀ ¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÄÛ ºÉaѹ, ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ¸ÀéAvÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À gÀZÀ£É ªÀiÁr¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ. (CªÀÄä, ªÉƨÉʯï, PÀ£ÀßqÀ
¨sÁµÉ, PÀ«UÀ¼ÀÄ, £ÁlPÀ, d£À¥ÀzÀ PÀ¯É, £Ár£À ¥Àæ¹zÀÞ ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÀºÉÆÃzÀgÀ, ¸ÉßûvÀ, vÀgÀPÁj, zÉÆøÉ,
wAr, ¤zÉÝ, ©¹, ZÀ½, DPÁ±À, NzÀÄ, EvÁå¢ ¤vÀå §¼ÀPÉAiÀÄ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ªÁPÀågÀZÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 25-
50 ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À QgÀÄ ¥Àæ§AzÀ gÀÆ¥ÀzÀ ¯ÉÃR£À gÀZÀ£É).
 ¸ÀA¸ÉÜAiÀÄ ¥ÁæZÁAiÀÄðjUÉ «zÁåyðAiÀÄ ªÀÄ£À« ¥ÀvÀæ, PÀÄAzÀÄPÉÆgÀvÉUÀ¼À §UÉÎ ¸ÀA§A¢ü¹zÀªÀjUÉ ¥ÀvÀæ,
¸ÉßûvÀjUÉ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÀgÀ¼ÀªÁV AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉà ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼À §UÉÎ ¥ÀvÀæ¯ÉÃR£À. (6-10 ªÁPÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ).
DPÀgÀ UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:
1. PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-²æà °AUÀzÉêÀgÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉêÀÄ£É – PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.
2. ¥ÁæxÀ«ÄPÀ ±Á¯ÉAiÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
3. ¸ÀgÀ¼À PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÁåPÀgÀt ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ- JA.« £ÁUÀgÁdgÁªï/EvÀgÉ ¯ÉÃRPÀgÀÄ.
4. ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ ¥Àætw-¥ÀæxÀªÀÄ ¦AiÀÄĹ ¥ÀÆgÀPÀ ¥ÀoÀå.
5. ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀvÀæªÀåªÀºÁgÀzÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁ 4£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï-PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-2 (PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀjUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ)

¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï CAwªÀÄ °TvÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë

¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ: 2 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ UÀjµÀ× CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:50
---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Fill in the blanks using the appropriate words.

2. Rewrite as directed.
3. Combine the following sentences.
4. Translate into Kannada.
5. Answer the following questions.
6. Fill in the blanks using the correct past tense forms of the verbs giving in the bracket.

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 2

 7. Transform into negative.
8. Substitute and complete the sentence
9. Vocabulary (meanings of words) using formation of sentences (any five).
10. Questions from lessons 17 to 19. (Out of 6 questions, answer any 3 questions).

11. Scripts- consonants form- +vowel (10 types)

12. Conversation & other questions. (KK-Exercises)

ªÀiÁzÀj ¥Àæ±ÉߥÀwæPÉ:
r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁ 4£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï-PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-2 (PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀjUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ)

¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï CAwªÀÄ °TvÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë

¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ: 2 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ UÀjµÀ× CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:50

I. (a) Fill in the blank using the correct past tense forms of the verbs given in the
bracket. 3+2 =05
1.CªÀgÀÄ ¤£Éß Hj¤AzÀ .............. (¨Á)
2. CªÀ¼ÀÄ MAzÀÄ ºÉtÄÚ ªÀÄUÀÄ ......................... (ºÉgÀÄ)
3.£Á£ÀÄ ¤£ÀUÁV vÀÄA¨Á ºÉÆvÀÄÛ................ (PÁAiÀÄÄ)

(b) Fill in the blank using the correct verbal participle forms of the verbs given in
the bracket.
1.D ºÀÄqÀÄV ªÀÄ£É ................................ ºÉÆÃzÀ¼ÀÄ. (©qÀÄ)
2. CªÀ£ÀÄ EªÀvÀÛ Hj¤AzÀ..............£Á¼É §gÀÄvÁÛ£É. (ºÉÆgÀqÀÄ)
II. Give the negative forms of the following sentence. (Any Five) 1X5=05

C) ¤ÃªÀÅ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ PÉÆr.

D) ¤ÃªÀÅ ¹UÀgÉÃmï ¸ÉÃzÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.

E) CªÀgÀÄ £À£ÀUÉ ZÉ£ÁßV UÉÆvÀÄÛ.

F) CªÀgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ZÉ£ÁßV PÀ°vÀgÀÄ.

G) CªÀ¼ÀÄ vÀ¯É ¨ÁaPÉÆAqÀÄ §AzÀ¼ÀÄ.

H) CªÀ¤UÉ ¥sÉÆÃ£ï §A¢zÉ.

J) gÀ« ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ªÀÄ®VvÁð£É.

III. Translate into KANNADA. (Any Five) 2X5=10

1) Who will come with you?

2) Today Ms. Kamala will go to her native place.
3) You must drink butter milk daily.
4) Please, don’t talk to me.
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 3
 5) How much advance money did you pay for the hostel?
6) How many of you are learning Kannada seriously?
7) If I get good marks in diploma, I will get admission for BE program.
8) At what time today you will be available in the hostel?.

IV. Vocabulary.

(a) Write English equivalents of the Kannada words. (Any five) 1X5=05

1. DUÀ¸À 2. ±ÉÊ° 3. C£ÀĪÀiÁ£À 4.¥ÀjÃPÉë 5.eÁw 6.£ÉʸÀVðPÀ 7.ªÀÄvÀ 8. ªÁtÂdå

(b) Write Kannada equivalents of the English words. (Any five) 1X5=05

1. Wealth 2. Religion 3. Memory 4.fear 5.Environment 6. Primary 7. Mistakes 8. Tall

VI. Conversation:

F PɼÀV£À C¥ÀÆtð ¸ÀA¨sÁµÀuÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß DªÀgÀtzÀ°è (bracket) ¤ÃrgÀĪÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß CxÀðªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀÄ ¥ÀÆwð

ªÀiÁr. -05

gÁdÄ: ¤£ÀUÉ ¤£Éß ªÉÆúÀ£ï ¹PÀÌ£Á?

gÁªÀÄÄ: ............................. negative) ¤£ÀUÉ ¹PÀÌ£Á?
gÁdÄ ..................... (Positive) ºËzÀÄ, ¤ªÀÄä£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛä CAvÀ ºÉýzÀ.
gÁªÀÄÄ: ................. (Enquiring about meeting him)
gÁdÄ: CªÀ£ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ©lÖ£ÀAvÉ.
gÁªÀÄÄ: ................................... (Questioning)
gÁdÄ: ....................................(Answer).

VII.Transform the following sentences as per direction. (Any Five) 1X5=05

1. ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ°è Dl CqÁÛ (into present continuous) EzÀݪÀÅ.

2. ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ vÀgÀUÀwAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀĪÀÄä£ É (into present continuous) £ÀUÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.
3. D ºÉAUÀ¸ÀgÀÄ dUÀ¼À DqÁÛ EzÁÝgÉ. (into past continuous)
4. vÀgÀPÁj PÀrªÉÄ ¨É¯ÉUÉ ¹UÁÛ EzÉ. (into past continuous)
5. CªÀ£ÀÄ ¢£Á E°èUÉ §vÁð£É. (into habitual)
6. E°è §¸ÀÄìUÀ¼ÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á NqÁqÀÛ (into habitual) EªÉ.
7. DAzsÀæ¥ÀæzÉñÀ¢AzÀ §A¢zÀÝ «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ J°èzÁÝgÉ?(into present perfect)

VIII.Write the Kannada alphabet in the traditional order. 05

OR
ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ ¨ÉîÆj¤AzÀ JµÀÄÖ zÀÆgÀzÀ°èzÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ AiÀiÁªÀ f¯ÉèAiÀÄ°èzÉ? E°è£À zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ K£ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ
CªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀnÖ¹zÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ?
IX. Combine the following: (Any One) 1X1=01

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 4

 (A) 1) ªÀÄ£É + EAzÀ =
2) ªÀiï + O =
(B) Combine the following sentence using verbal participle form. (Any One) 1X1=01

C) ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ zÀÄqÀÄØ PÉÆlÖgÀÄ.

ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ ¸ÀPÀð¸ï £ÉÆÃrzÀgÀÄ.
D) £Á£ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÉÝ.
£Á£ÀÄ JA.J. N¢zÉ.
(B) Frame meaningful small sentences with using words given given below:(Any Three) -1X3=03.
C) ªÀÄgÀ D) ¥sÀ® E) HgÀÄ F) ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï G) EªÀgÀÄ H) ªÀÄ£É J) ±Á¯É

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ gÀZÀ£Á ¸À«Äw

 ¸ÀA¥ÁzÀQÃAiÀÄ ¸À«Äw:

1. ²æà n J¯ï gÀ«ÃAzÀæ, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÀPÁðj f.Dgï.L.¹.¦ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.

2. ²æà n. wªÀÄä¥Àà, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ(DAiÉÄÌ ±ÉæÃtÂ), AiÀiÁAwæPÀ «¨sÁUÀ, ¸ÀPÁðj ¥Á°mÉQßPï,
vÀĪÀÄPÀÆgÀÄ.

 ¸À®ºÁ ¸À«ÄwAiÀÄ ¨ÁºÀå ¸ÀA¥À£ÀÆä® ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ.

1. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) r. ¥ÁAqÀÄgÀAUÀ ¨Á§Ä, PÀÄ®¸ÀaªÀgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.

2. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) C±ÉÆÃPï PÀĪÀiÁgï gÀAdgÉ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ «¨sÁUÀ,
PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.
3. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) PÉ ªÉÊ £ÁgÁAiÀÄt ¸Áé«Ä, ¸ÀºÀ ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÁßvÀPÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ «¨sÁUÀ,
¸ÀPÁðj PÀ¯Á PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.
4. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) eÉ ¨Á®PÀȵÀÚ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ ºÁUÀÄ ªÀÄÄRå¸ÀÜgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À «¨sÁUÀ,
PÀȶ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, (fPÉ«PÉ) ºÉ¨Áâ¼À, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 5

 KARNATAKA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION, BENGALURU.
TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR KANNADA COURSE IN DIPLOMA PROGRAME
SEMESTER: III COMMON TO ALL DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES C-15 Curriculum
SL.N0 COURSE Teaching scheme Examination scheme
/QP CODE Contact hours

Department
COURSE NAME TH TU PR TOTAL Credit Exam End exam Maximum Minimum

Teaching
paper Max Min CIE Marks Marks for
duration marks marks passing.
in Hrs (IA+SA ) (IA + SA)
THEORY
1 KANNADA KALI-1 KA 15KA3NT 2 - - 2 2 - - - 50 20

2 TANTRIKA KA 15KA3KT 2 - - 2 2 - - - 50 20
KANNADA -1
CIE- Continuous Internal Examination: SEE-Semester End Examination: IA-Internal Assessment Tests: SA- Student Activity.
Note: 1. Candidates studied Kannada as one subject in 10th standard shall take Tantrika Kannada 1 &2. Others may take “Kannada Kali-1&2”.
2. In 3rd Semester- Assessment is only by CIE and no SEE. Average marks of three I A tests shall be rounded off to the next higher digit. Rubrics to
be devised appropriately to assess student activity.

KARNATAKA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION, BENGALURU.

TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR KANNADA COURSE IN DIPLOMA PROGRAME
SEMESTER: IV COMMON TO ALL DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES C-15 Curriculum
SL.N0 COURSE Teaching scheme Examination scheme
/QP CODE Contact hours
Department

COURSE NAME TH TU PR TOTAL Credit Exam Sem End Exam Maximum Minimum
Teaching

paper Max Min CIE Marks Marks for

duration Exam Passing passing.
in Hrs Marks Marks (IA+SA ) (IA + SA)
THEORY
1 KANNADA KALI-2 KA 15KA4NT 2 - - 2 2 2 50 20 - -

2 TANTRIKA KA 15KA4KT 2 - - 2 2 2 50 20 - -
KANNADA -2
CIE- Continuous Internal Examination: SEE-Semester End Examination: IA-Internal Assessment Tests: SA- Student Activity.
Note: In 4th Semester- Assessment is only by SEE and no CIE. To award diploma certificate, passing in Kannada course is mandatory. However
Kannada course is not included in the eligibility criteria for promotion to the higher semester.

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ r¥ÉÆèªÀiÁ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ Page 1

 r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁ-vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ-2 ( PÀ£ÀßqÀ §®èªÀjUÁV)

4£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï - vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ -2 ( ¸Á»vÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¨sÁµÁ P˱À®å ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ)

¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ
Course: Course Code:15KA4KT
vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ -2 (2016-17)
4th Semester No. of Credits:02 No. of teaching hours/week:02
No. of teaching
hours/Semester:26

Mode of Assessment and Maximum Marks: 50

Evaluation: (SEE only)
Semester End Examination Minimum Passing marks:20
(SEE)only. No CIE.

¥ÀoÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀ ¥ÁoÀ ¥ÀoÀåzÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ/¯ÉÃRPÀgÀÄ/¥ÀæPÀluÉ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï

¨ÉÆÃzsÀ£ÁªÀ¢ü
UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
PÁªÀå ªÀÄAdj-(§zÀÄPÀÄ 1 (PÁªÀå UÀÄZÀÒUÀ¼ÀÄ) 02
ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁ£ÀªÀvÉ) (1) £À£Àß ºÀtvÉ-qÁ:f.J¸ï.J¸ï.
(2) ªÀÄAPÀÄ wªÀÄä£À PÀUÀÎ-r.«.f

¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw 2 C¯ÉPÁìAqÀgï£À UÀÄgÀÄzÀQëuÉ-ªÀiÁ¹Û ªÉAPÀmÉñÀ CAiÀÄåAUÁgï 02

¥Àj¸ÀgÀ/¸ÁºÀ¸À 3 ªÉÊ£Ár£À £ÀgÀ¨sÀPÀëPÀgÀÄ - ¥ÀÆtðZÀAzÀæ vÉÃd¹é 02

QæÃqÉ/PÀ¯É 4 f.Dgï.«±Àé£Áxï-qÁ: PÉ.¥ÀÄlÖ¸Áé«Ä 02

vÀAvÀæeÁÕ£À 5 ªÀiÁ»w vÀAvÀæeÁÕ£À-MAzÀÄ ¸ÀÆÜ® £ÉÆÃl-f.J£ï.£ÀgÀ¹ABªÀÄÆwð 02

AiÀıÉÆÃUÁxÉ/ªÀåQÛavÀæt 6 qÁ:«±ÉéñÀégÀAiÀÄå-ªÀåQÛ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ LwºÀå - J.J£ï.ªÀÄÆwðgÁªï 02
¨sÁµÁ P˱À®å- 7 °TvÀ C©üªÀåQÛ: ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼À gÀZÀ£É-ªÁåSÉå: ¥ÀvÀæzÀ ¨sÁµÉ, ±ÉÊ°, £ÀªÀÄÆ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 06
ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ (1) ªÉÊAiÀÄQÛPÀ ¥ÀvÀæ (¥ÀæªÁ¸À/PÉÆÃjPÉ.(ªÀÄ£À«/DwäAiÀÄjUÉ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ)..)
(2) ¥ÀvÀæ ªÀåªÀºÁgÀ (ªÁtÂdå ¸ÀA¸ÉÜUÀ½UÉ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀ/¥ÀævÀÄåvÀÛgÀ ¥ÀqÉAiÀÄĪÀ,
¨ÁåAPïUÀ½UÉ/¸ÀPÁðj PÀZÉÃjUÀ½UÉ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ....)-ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ
(3) C¨sÀåxÀð£À ¥ÀvÀæ (ºÀÄzÉÝUÉ Cfð) -1-2 £ÀªÀÄÆ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ-4-5 ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ¼ÀÄ
(4) NzÀÄUÀgÀ «¨sÁUÀPÉÌ ¥ÀwæPÁ ¸ÀA¥ÁzÀPÀjUÉ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ 1 £ÀªÀÄÆ£É-3-4
«µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼À ªÉÄÃ¯É ¥ÀvÀæ §gɸÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
8 ¸ÀAQë¥ÀÛ ¯ÉÃR£À (¸ÁgÁA±À ¯ÉÃR£À) 02
9 ªÀiËTPÀ C©üªÀåQÛ> ZÀZÁð ¸ÀàzsÉð/PÀÆl-¨sÁµÀt-D±ÀĨsÁµÀt -PÁAiÀÄðPÀæªÀÄ 06
¤gÀÆ¥ÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
MlÄÖ CªÀ¢ü 26 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 1

 r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁ 4£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï (PÀ£ÀßqÀ§®è «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ)
vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ-2
¥Àj«r
¨sÁUÀ-1

PÁªÀå UÀÄZÀÒ
1. £À£Àß ºÀtvÉ-qÁ:f.J¸ï.²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà
2. ªÀÄAPÀÄwªÀÄä£À PÀUÀÎ-r«f
UÀzÀå ¸Á»vÀå
3. C¯ÉPÁìAqÀgÀ£À UÀÄgÀÄzÀQëuÉ (¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw-PÀvÉ)-²æäªÁ¸À (ªÀiÁ¹Û)
4. ªÉÊ£Ár£À £ÀgÀ¨sÀPÀëPÀgÀÄ (¥Àj¸ÀgÀ-¸ÁºÀ¸À)-PÉ.¦.¥ÀÆ.vÉÃdì¹é
5. °lè¯ï ªÀiÁ¸ÀÖgï (QæÃqÉ/PÀ¯É)-qÁ.PÉ.¥ÀÄlÖ¸Áé«Ä
6. ªÀiÁ»w vÀAvÀæeÁÕ£À-f.J£ï.£ÀgÀ¹AºÀªÀÄÆwð
7. qÁ:«±ÉéñÀégÀAiÀÄå-ªÀåQÛ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ LwºÀå-J.J£ï.ªÀÄÆwðgÁªï

¨sÁUÀ-2 -¨sÁµÁ P˱À®å ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

(1)§gÀºÀ gÀÆ¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀAªÀºÀ£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ-C©üªÀåQÛAiÀÄ ¸ÀégÀÆ¥À

O¥ÀZÁjPÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ C£Ë¥ÀZÁjPÀ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ
(C) ¥ÀvÀæªÀåªÀºÁgÀ-ªÁåSÉå- «ªÀgÀuÉ
(D) ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼À ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ
1. ªÁtÂdå ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ-ªÁåSÉå, PÉ®ªÀÅ «zsÀUÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
2. SÁ¸ÀV/ªÉÊAiÀÄQÛPÀ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ
3. ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ½UÉ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀ (NzÀÄUÀgÀ)¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ
4. C¨sÀåxÀð£À ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ

(2) ¸ÁgÁA±À ¯ÉÃR£À: ªÁåSÉå, GzÉÝà ±À, «zsÁ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ.

3 . ªÀiËTPÀ C©üªÀåQÛ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ(vÀgÀUÀw ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ)

1. «µÀAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ¨sÁµÀtUÀ¼ÀÄ
2. D±ÀĨsÁµÀt (gÀZÀ£ÁvÀäPÀ «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ)
3. ZÀZÉð ( «ZÁgÀ «¤ªÀÄAiÀÄ/¥ÀgÀ-«gÀÄzÀÞ ªÁzÀ ªÀÄAqÀ£É)
4. ¤gÀÆ¥ÀuÉ

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 2

 Course outcome:
1. Developing listening and speaking skills.
2. Easy Interaction with peers.
3. Students can use the language at ease in daily life situations

r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁ £Á®Ì£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï (PÀ£ÀßqÀ «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ)

vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ-2
¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ: 2.00 UÀAmÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 50

I. PɼÀV£À AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉà LzÀÄ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ 1-2 ¥ÀÆtð ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À°è GvÀÛj¹. 1X5=05

(1) ªÀiÁ»w vÀAvÀæeÁÕ£ÀzÀ ªÀiÁ»wAiÀÄ£ÀÄß £ÀµÀÖUÉƽ¸ÀĪÀ C¤µÀÖ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ?
(2) ¢ªÁ£ï ¥ÀzÀ« §AzÁUÀ ¸Àgï.JA.«±ÉéñÀégÀAiÀÄå£ÀªÀgÀÄ vÀªÀÄä vÁ¬ÄUÉ ºÉýzÀ ªÀiÁvÉãÀÄ?
(3) Cj¸ÁÖl¯ï AiÀiÁgÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CªÀgÀÄ C¯ÉPÁìAqÀgÀ¤UÉ K£ÁUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ?
(4) ¸ÀÄvÉÆÛÃ¯É CxÀªÀ ¥Àj¥ÀvÀæ JAzÀgÉãÀÄ?
(5) ¦ü¤Pïì JAzÀgÉãÀÄ?
(6) ‘SÉqÁØ’ JAzÀgÉãÀÄ?
(7) ¤gÀÆ¥ÀPÀgÉAzÀgÉ AiÀiÁgÀÄ?

II. PɼÀV£À AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉà ªÀÄÆgÀÄ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ ¸ÀAQë¥ÀÛªÁV GvÀÛj¹. 5X3=15

(1) PÀ« “ºÀtvÉ ºÀZÀÄÑvÉÛÃ£É £Á£ÀÄ’ JAzÀÄ KPÉ ºÉüÀÄvÁÛgÉ?

(2) QèAiÀiÁAvÀ¸À£À ¸ÁªÀÅ
(3) PÁPÀ£ÀPÉÆÃmÉ PÁqÀÄ ºÉÃVzÉ?
(4) CAvÀgÀeÁ®zÀ G¥ÀAiÉÆÃUÀUÀ¼ÀÄ.
(5) C£Ë¥ÀZÁjPÀ C©üªÀåQÛ JAzÀgÉãÀÄ w½¹.
(6) ZÀZÉð – ªÁåSÉå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ G¥ÀAiÉÆÃUÀzÀ §UÉÎ §gɬÄj.

III . F PɼÀV£À AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉà ªÀÄÆgÀÄ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ «ªÀgÀuÁvÀäPÀ GvÀÛgÀ §gɬÄj. 10X3=30

(C) ºÀįÁèUÀÄ ¨ÉlÖzÀr...... PÀUÀÎzÀ°è ªÀÄ£ÀĵÀå K£ÁUÀ¨ÉÃPÉAzÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀAVÃvÀ PÀ¯ÉAiÉÆAzÀÄ
¸Á»vÀå PÀ¯ÉAiÉÆAzÀÄ....” PÀUÀÎzÀ°è PÀ« EªÉ®è ªÀÄ£ÀĵÀå¤UÉ KPÉ ¨ÉÃPÉAzÀÄ ºÉüÀÄvÁÛgÉ?
(D) CtÚ£À£ÀÄß PÁ¥ÁqÀ®Ä AiÉÄÃUÀ ªÀiÁrzÀ ¸ÁºÀ¸ÀªÀ£ÀÄß «ªÀj¹.
(CxÀªÀ)
CwAiÀiÁzÀ £ÀUÀjÃPÀgÀtPÁÌV PÁqÀÄUÀ¼À £Á±À¢AzÀ ¥Àj¸ÀgÀzÀ ªÉÄïÁUÀĪÀ ¥ÀjuÁªÀÄUÀ¼À
§UÉÎ §gɬÄj.
(E) ¤ÃªÀÅ PÁ¯ÉÃf¤AzÀ ºÉÆÃV§AzÀ ¥ÀæªÁ¸ÀzÀ C£ÀĨsÀªÀ PÀÄjvÀÄ ¤ªÀÄä UɼÉAiÀÄjUÉ ¥ÀvÀæ §gɬÄj.
(F) PɼÀV£À «µÀAiÀĪÀ£ÀÄß MAzÀÄ ¸ÀÆPÀÛ ²Ã¶ðPÉ ¸À»vÀ 30 ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À «ÄwAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀAPÉëÃ¥ÀUÉƽ¹.
¤Ã¯ÁA§gÀ ¢éÃ¥À. EzÉÆAzÀÄ ¸ÀÄAzÀgÀ ¢éÃ¥À. ¥ÀæªÁ¹UÀ½UÉ ¸ÀéUÀð¸ÀªÀiÁ£À ¢éÃ¥À. F ¢éÃ¥À »AzÀÆ
ªÀĺÁ¸ÁUÀgÀzÀ zÀQëtQÌgÀĪÀ DgÀÄ ¢éÃ¥À ¸ÀªÀÄƺÀzÀ°è ªÀÄzsÀåzÀ°è ºÀÄtÂÚªÉÄ ZÀAzÀæ£ÀAvÉ PÀAUÉƽ¸ÀÄwÛgÀĪÀ zÉÆqÀØ
¢éÃ¥À. F ¢éÃ¥À MAzÀÄ ¨sÁUÀzÀ°è ºÀ¹gÀÄ ZÁzÀgÀ ºÁ¹zÀAvÉ ¸ÀªÀÄvÀmÁÖzÀ ºÀÄ®ÄèUÁªÀ®Ä. E£ÉÆßAzÀÄÀ ¥ÀPÀÌ
§UɧUÉAiÀÄ ºÀtÄÚUÀ¼À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ºÀƪÀÅUÀ¼À VqÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CrPÉ, ªÀiÁªÀÅ, ªÉÄt¸ÀÄ, K®QÌ, ®ªÀAUÀzÀAvÀºÀ VqÀ-
ªÀÄgÀUÀ½AzÀ PÀÆrzÉ.F ¢éÃ¥ÀzÀ ªÀÄzsÉå QjÃlzÀAvÉ £ÀªÀÄä GzÀPÀªÀÄAqÀ®zÀAwgÀĪÀ ºÀ¹j£À ¨ÉlÖ. ¤¸ÀUÀðzÀvÀÛ
ºÀƪÀÅUÀ¼À VqÀUÀ½AzÀ ¥ÀĵÉÆÖÃzÁå£ÀzÀAwzÉ. ¥ÀæPÀÈwAiÉÄà ¤«Äð¹gÀĪÀ w½¤Ãj£À ¸ÀÄAzÀgÀ PÉƼÀ F ¨ÉlÖzÀ

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 3

 DPÀµÀðuÉAiÀiÁVzÉ. »ÃUÁV F ¢éÃ¥À ¥ÀæªÁ¹UÀjUÉ C¥ÁgÀ DPÀµÀðPÀ vÁtªÁVzÉ. E°è£À d£À ¸ÀºÀ
¸Ëd£Àå²Ã®gÀÄ. ¸Àȶ×AiÀÄ ±ÀÈAUÁgÀªÀ£Éß®è M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀ F ¢éÃ¥ÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå PÀ¸ÀÄ§Ä PÀȶ, vÉÆÃlUÁjPÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ
¥ÀæªÁ¸ÉÆÃzÀåªÁVgÀĪÀÅzÀjAzÀ, EzÉÆAzÀÄ ²æêÀÄAvÀ ¢éÃ¥ÀªÁVzÉ.
********

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ gÀZÀ£Á ºÁUÀÄ ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ ¸À«Äw

 ¸ÀA¥ÁzÀQÃAiÀÄ ¸À«Äw:

1. ²æà n J¯ï gÀ«ÃAzÀæ, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÀPÁðj f.Dgï.L.¹.¦ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.

2. ²æà n. wªÀÄä¥Àà, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ(DAiÉÄÌ ±ÉæÃtÂ), AiÀiÁAwæPÀ «¨sÁUÀ, ¸ÀPÁðj ¥Á°mÉQßPï, vÀĪÀÄPÀÆgÀÄ.

 ¸À®ºÁ ¸À«ÄwAiÀÄ ¨ÁºÀå ¸ÀA¥À£ÀÆä® ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ.

1. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) r. ¥ÁAqÀÄgÀAUÀ ¨Á§Ä, PÀÄ®¸ÀaªÀgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.

2. ¥ÉÆ.æ (qÁ.) C±ÉÆÃPï PÀĪÀiÁgï gÀAdgÉ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ «¨sÁUÀ,
PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.
3. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) PÉ ªÉÊ £ÁgÁAiÀÄt ¸Áé«Ä, ¸ÀºÀ ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÁßvÀPÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ «¨sÁUÀ,
¸ÀPÁðj PÀ¯Á PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.
4. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) eÉ ¨Á®PÀȵÀÚ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ ºÁUÀÄ ªÀÄÄRå¸ÀÜgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À «¨sÁUÀ,
PÀȶ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, (fPÉ«PÉ) ºÉ¨Áâ¼À, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 4